openstack-manuals/doc/user-guide/locale/ja.po

# 
# Translators:
# Andreas Jaeger <jaegerandi@gmail.com>, 2014
# myamamot <myamamot@redhat.com>, 2014
# Tomoyuki KATO <tomo@dream.daynight.jp>, 2013-2014
# ykatabam <ykatabam@redhat.com>, 2014
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: OpenStack Manuals\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-25 07:22+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-25 06:42+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: openstackjenkins <jenkins@openstack.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/openstack-manuals-i18n/language/ja/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ja\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml7(title)
msgid "Reboot an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの再起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"You can soft or hard reboot a running instance. A soft reboot attempts a "
"graceful shut down and restart of the instance. A hard reboot power cycles "
"the instance."
msgstr "実行中のインスタンスのソフトリブートまたはハードリブートを行うことができます。ソフトリブートは、グレースフルシャットダウンの後インスタンスの再起動を試行します。ハードリブートは、インスタンスの電源を一旦切って再投入します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml13(para)
msgid "By default, when you reboot an instance, it is a soft reboot."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml14(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml17(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml38(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml42(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml48(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable)
msgid "SERVER"
msgstr "SERVER"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"To perform a hard reboot, pass the <parameter>--hard</parameter> parameter, "
"as follows:"
msgstr "ハードリブートを実行するには、以下のように <parameter>--hard</parameter> パラメーターを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"It is also possible to reboot a running instance into rescue mode. This "
"operation may be required, if a filesystem of an instance becomes corrupted "
"with a prolonged usage, for example."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"Pause, suspend, and stop operations are not allowed when an instance is "
"running in rescue mode, as triggering these actions causes the loss of the "
"original instance state and makes it impossible to unrescue the instance."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml31(para)
msgid ""
"Rescue mode provides a mechanism for access, even if an image renders the "
"instance inaccessible. By default, it starts an instance from the initial "
"image attaching the current boot disk as a secondary one."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"To perform an instance reboot into rescue mode, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"To restart the instance from the normal boot disk, run the following "
"command:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml44(para)
msgid ""
"If you want to rescue an instance with a specific image, rather than the "
"default one, use the <parameter>--rescue_image_ref</parameter> parameter, as"
" follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml48(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable)
msgid "IMAGE_ID"
msgstr "IMAGE_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml7(title)
msgid "Launch instances"
msgstr "インスタンスの起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml8(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml8(para)
msgid "Instances are virtual machines that run inside the cloud."
msgstr "インスタンスはクラウド内で動作する仮想マシンです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml10(para)
msgid "Before you can launch an instance, gather the following parameters:"
msgstr "インスタンスを起動する前に、以下のパラメーターの情報を集めます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">instance source</emphasis> can be an image, "
"snapshot, or block storage volume that contains an image or snapshot."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">インスタンスのソース</emphasis>は、イメージやスナップショットを含む、イメージ、スナップショット、ブロックストレージです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml19(para)
msgid "A <emphasis role=\"bold\">name</emphasis> for your instance."
msgstr "お使いのインスタンスの<emphasis role=\"bold\">名前</emphasis>。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml22(para)
msgid ""
"The <emphasis role=\"bold\">flavor</emphasis> for your instance, which "
"defines the compute, memory, and storage capacity of nova computing "
"instances. A flavor is an available hardware configuration for a server. It "
"defines the size of a virtual server that can be launched."
msgstr "インスタンスの<emphasis role=\"bold\">フレーバー</emphasis>。nova コンピューティングインスタンスのコンピュート、メモリー、ストレージ容量を定義します。フレーバーは、サーバーが使用可能なハードウェア設定で、起動可能な仮想サーバーのサイズを定義します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"Any <emphasis role=\"bold\">user data</emphasis> files. A user data file is "
"a special key in the metadata service that holds a file that cloud-aware "
"applications in the guest instance can access. For example, one application "
"that uses user data is the <link "
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CloudInit\">cloud-init</link> "
"system, which is an open-source package from Ubuntu that is available on "
"various Linux distributions and that handles early initialization of a cloud"
" instance."
msgstr "任意の<emphasis role=\"bold\">ユーザーデータ</emphasis>。ユーザーデータファイルは、メタデータサービス内の特別キーで、ゲストインスタンスにあるクラウド対応アプリケーションがアクセス可能なファイルを保持します。例えば、ユーザーデータを使用するアプリケーションの 1 つは <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CloudInit\">cloud-init</link> システムです。これは、さまざまな Linux ディストリビューションで利用可能な Ubuntu 発祥のオープンソースパッケージです。クラウドインスタンスの初期設定を処理します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"Access and security credentials, which include one or both of the following "
"credentials:"
msgstr "アクセス、セキュリティクレデンシャル。以下のクレデンシャルの 1 つまたは両方が含まれます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml47(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis role=\"bold\">key pair</emphasis> for your instance, which are "
"SSH credentials that are injected into images when they are launched. For "
"the key pair to be successfully injected, the image must contain the "
"<literal>cloud-init</literal> package. Create at least one key pair for each"
" project. If you already have generated a key pair with an external tool, "
"you can import it into OpenStack. You can use the key pair for multiple "
"instances that belong to that project."
msgstr "インスタンスの<emphasis role=\"bold\">キーペア</emphasis>。イメージ起動時にイメージに注入される SSH 認証情報です。キーペアを正常にインジェクトさせるためには、イメージに <literal>cloud-init</literal> パッケージがインストールされている必要があります。プロジェクトごとにキーペアを最低でも 1 つ作成します。すでに外部のツールでキーペアを生成している場合は、OpenStack にそのキーペアをインポートすることができます。プロジェクトに所属する複数のインスタンスに対して、キーペアを使用することができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml61(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis role=\"bold\">security group</emphasis> that defines which "
"incoming network traffic is forwarded to instances. Security groups hold a "
"set of firewall policies, known as <emphasis role=\"italic\">security group "
"rules</emphasis>."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">セキュリティグループ</emphasis>。どの受信ネットワークトラフィックがインスタンスに転送されるのかを定義します。セキュリティグループは、<emphasis role=\"italic\">セキュリティグループルール</emphasis>と呼ばれるファイアウォールポリシーを保持しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"If needed, you can assign a <emphasis role=\"bold\">floating (public) IP "
"address</emphasis> to a running instance."
msgstr "必要に応じて、実行中のインスタンスに <emphasis role=\"bold\">Floating (パブリック) IP アドレス</emphasis>を割り当てられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"You can also attach a block storage device, or <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">volume</emphasis>, for persistent storage."
msgstr "永続ストレージ用に、ブロックストレージデバイス、<emphasis role=\"bold\">ボリューム</emphasis>を接続することもできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml83(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml62(para)
msgid ""
"Instances that use the default security group cannot, by default, be "
"accessed from any IP address outside of the cloud. If you want those IP "
"addresses to access the instances, you must modify the rules for the default"
" security group."
msgstr "デフォルトのセキュリティグループを使用するインスタンスは、デフォルトでクラウド外の IP アドレスからアクセスできません。これらの IP アドレスがインスタンスにアクセスしたければ、デフォルトのセキュリティグループのルールを編集する必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml88(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml66(para)
msgid ""
"You can also assign a floating IP address to a running instance to make it "
"accessible from outside the cloud. See <xref "
"linkend=\"manage_ip_addresses\"/>."
msgstr "また、実行中のインスタンスに Flating IP アドレスを割り当て、クラウド外からアクセスできるようにすることも可能です。<xref linkend=\"manage_ip_addresses\"/>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"After you gather the parameters that you need to launch an instance, you can"
" launch it from an <link linkend=\"launch_from_image\">image</link> or a "
"<link linkend=\"boot_from_volume\">volume</link>. You can launch an instance"
" directly from one of the available OpenStack images or from an image that "
"you have copied to a persistent volume. The OpenStack Image Service provides"
" a pool of images that are accessible to members of different projects."
msgstr "インスタンスを起動するために必要なパラメーターを収集した後、<link linkend=\"launch_from_image\">イメージ</link>や<link linkend=\"boot_from_volume\">ボリューム</link>から起動できます。\n利用可能な OpenStack イメージの 1 つまたは永続ボリュームにコピーしたイメージから直接インスタンスを起動することができます。OpenStack Image Service は、別のプロジェクトのメンバーがアクセスできるイメージのプールを提供します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml102(title)
msgid "Gather parameters to launch an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスを起動するためのパラメーター情報の収集"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml104(para)
msgid "Before you begin, source the OpenStack RC file."
msgstr "開始前に OpenStack RC ファイルを読み込みます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml107(para)
msgid "List the available flavors:"
msgstr "利用可能なフレーバーを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml109(para)
msgid "Note the ID of the flavor that you want to use for your instance:"
msgstr "インスタンスに使用するフレーバーの ID をメモします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml122(para)
msgid "List the available images:"
msgstr "利用可能なイメージを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml124(para)
msgid "Note the ID of the image from which you want to boot your instance:"
msgstr "インスタンスを起動するイメージの ID をメモします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml132(para)
msgid ""
"You can also filter the image list by using <placeholder-1/> to find a "
"specific image, as follows:"
msgstr "以下のように、<placeholder-1/> を使用してイメージ一覧をフィルタリングして、特定のイメージを検索することができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml139(para)
msgid "List the available security groups:"
msgstr "利用可能なセキュリティグループを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"If you are an admin user, specify the <parameter>--all-tenants</parameter> "
"parameter to list groups for all tenants."
msgstr "管理ユーザーの場合、<parameter>--all-tenants</parameter> パラメーターを指定してテナントすべてのグループを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml146(para)
msgid ""
"Note the ID of the security group that you want to use for your instance:"
msgstr "インスタンスに使用するセキュリティグループの ID をメモします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml152(para)
msgid ""
"If you have not created any security groups, you can assign the instance to "
"only the default security group."
msgstr "セキュリティグループを作成していない場合、Default のセキュリティグループのみにインスタンスを割り当てることができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml155(para)
msgid "You can view rules for a specified security group:"
msgstr "指定したセキュリティグループのルールを表示できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml160(para)
msgid ""
"List the available key pairs and note the name of the key pair that you use "
"for SSH access."
msgstr "利用可能なキーペアを一覧表示し、SSH アクセスに使用するキーペアの名前を記録します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml169(title)
msgid "Launch an instance from an image"
msgstr "イメージからのインスタンスの起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml172(para)
msgid ""
"After you gather required parameters, run the following command to launch an"
" instance. Specify the server name, flavor ID, and image ID."
msgstr "必要なパラメーターの収集後、インスタンスを起動するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。サーバー名、フレーバー ID、イメージ ID を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can provide a key name for access control and a security "
"group for security. You can also include metadata key and value pairs. For "
"example, you can add a description for your server by providing the "
"<parameter>--meta description=\"My Server\"</parameter> parameter."
msgstr "オプションで、セキュリティとしてアクセス制御やセキュリティグループのキー名を指定することができます。また、メタデータキーや値のペアを含めることも可能です。例えば、<parameter>--meta description=\"My Server\"</parameter> パラメーターを指定してサーバーの説明を追加します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml182(para)
msgid ""
"You can pass user data in a local file at instance launch by using the "
"<parameter>--user-data <replaceable>USER-DATA-FILE</replaceable></parameter>"
" parameter."
msgstr "<parameter>--user-data <replaceable>USER-DATA-FILE</replaceable></parameter> パラメーターを使用して、インスタンスの起動時にローカルファイルのユーザーデータを指定することができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable)
msgid "FLAVOR_ID"
msgstr "FLAVOR_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml77(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml99(replaceable)
msgid "KEY_NAME"
msgstr "KEY_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable)
msgid "USER_DATA_FILE"
msgstr "USER_DATA_FILE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable)
msgid "SEC_GROUP_NAME"
msgstr "SEC_GROUP_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable)
msgid "KEY=VALUE"
msgstr "KEY=VALUE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml189(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml15(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml19(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml39(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml44(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml30(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_NAME"
msgstr "INSTANCE_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml192(para)
msgid ""
"If you boot an instance with an <replaceable>INSTANCE_NAME</replaceable> "
"greater than 63 characters, Compute truncates it automatically when turning "
"it into a hostname to ensure the correct work of <literal>dnsmasq</literal>."
" The corresponding warning is written into the <filename>nova-"
"network.log</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml199(para)
msgid ""
"The following command launches the <literal>MyCirrosServer</literal> "
"instance with the <literal>m1.small</literal> flavor (ID of "
"<literal>1</literal>), <literal>cirros-0.3.2-x86_64-uec</literal> image (ID "
"of <literal>397e713c-b95b-4186-ad46-6126863ea0a9</literal>), "
"<literal>default</literal> security group, <literal>KeyPair01</literal> key,"
" and a user data file called <filename>cloudinit.file</filename>:"
msgstr "以下のコマンドは、<literal>MyCirrosServer</literal> インスタンスを、<literal>m1.small</literal> フレーバー (ID <literal>1</literal>)、<literal>cirros-0.3.2-x86_64-uec</literal> イメージ (ID <literal>397e713c-b95b-4186-ad46-6126863ea0a9</literal>)、<literal>default</literal> セキュリティグループ、<literal>KeyPair01</literal> キー、<filename>cloudinit.file</filename> という名前のユーザーデータファイルで起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml212(replaceable)
msgid "myCirrosServer"
msgstr "myCirrosServer"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml213(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the parameters that you provide, the command returns a list of "
"server properties."
msgstr "指定のパラメーターにより、コマンドはサーバーのプロパティ一覧を返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml216(para)
msgid ""
"A status of <literal>BUILD</literal> indicates that the instance has "
"started, but is not yet online."
msgstr "<literal>BUILD</literal> の状態は、インスタンスが起動しているがオンラインにはなっていないことを示しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml219(para)
msgid ""
"A status of <literal>ACTIVE</literal> indicates that the instance is active."
msgstr "<literal>ACTIVE</literal> の状態は、インスタンスがアクティブであることを示しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml251(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the server ID value from the <literal>id</literal> field in the output."
" You use this ID to get details for or delete your server."
msgstr "出力の <literal>id</literal> フィールドからサーバー ID の値をコピーします。この ID を使用して詳細を取得するか、サーバーを削除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml255(para)
msgid ""
"Copy the administrative password value from the <literal>adminPass</literal>"
" field. You use this value to log in to your server."
msgstr "<literal>adminPass</literal> フィールドから管理者パスワードの値をコピーして、この値を使用してサーバーにログインします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml259(para)
msgid ""
"You can also place arbitrary local files into the instance file system at "
"creation time by using the <parameter>--file &lt;dst-path=src-"
"path&gt;</parameter> option. You can store up to five files. For example, if"
" you have a special authorized keys file named "
"<filename>special_authorized_keysfile</filename> that you want to put on the"
" instance rather than using the regular SSH key injection, you can use the "
"<parameter>--file</parameter> option as shown in the following example:"
msgstr "インスタンス作成時に <parameter>--file <dst-path=src-path></parameter> オプションを用いて、任意のローカルファイルをインスタンスのファイルシステムの中に置けます。5 ファイルまで保存できます。例えば、ある理由により通常の SSH 鍵の注入ではなく、インスタンスに置きたい <filename>special_authorized_keysfile</filename> という名前の特別な認証済み鍵を持っていれば、以下の例で示したように <parameter>--file</parameter> オプションを使用できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml276(para)
msgid "Check if the instance is online:"
msgstr "インスタンスがオンラインになっているかどうかをチェックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml278(para)
msgid ""
"The list shows the ID, name, status, and private (and if assigned, public) "
"IP addresses for all instances in the project to which you belong:"
msgstr "覧では、所属するプロジェクトの全インスタンスの ID、名前、状態、プライベート (割り当てられている場合パブリックも) IP アドレスが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml288(para)
msgid "If the status for the instance is ACTIVE, the instance is online."
msgstr "インスタンスの状態が ACTIVE の場合、インスタンスはオンラインです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml290(para)
msgid ""
"To view the available options for the <placeholder-1/> command, run the "
"following command:"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> コマンドで利用可能なオプションを確認するには、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml297(para)
msgid ""
"If you did not provide a key pair, security groups, or rules, you can access"
" the instance only from inside the cloud through VNC. Even pinging the "
"instance is not possible."
msgstr "キーペア、セキュリティグループ、またはルールを指定しない場合、VNC 経由でクラウド内からしかインスタンスにアクセスすることができません。インスタンスの ping さえも不可となっています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml6(title)
msgid "Create static website"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml7(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml8(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml8(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml9(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"To discover whether your Object Storage system supports this feature, see "
"<xref linkend=\"discoverability\"/>. Alternatively, check with your service "
"provider."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"You can use your Object Storage account to create a static website. This "
"static website is created with staticweb middleware and serves container "
"data with a specified index file, error file resolution, and optional file "
"listings. This mode is normally active only for anonymous requests, which "
"provide no authentication token. To use it with authenticated requests, set "
"the header <literal>X-Web-Mode</literal> to <literal>TRUE</literal> on the "
"request."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml18(para)
msgid ""
"The staticweb filter must be added to the pipeline in your "
"<filename>/etc/swift/proxy-server.conf</filename> file below any "
"authentication middleware. You must also add a staticweb middleware "
"configuration section."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml22(para)
msgid ""
"For an example of the staticweb configuration syntax see the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/juno/config-reference/content/object-"
"storage-static-web.html\">Cloud Administrator Guide</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"For a complete example of the <filename>/etc/swift/proxy-"
"server.conf</filename> file (including staticweb), see the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/juno/config-reference/content/proxy-server-"
"conf.html\">Cloud Administrator Guide</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml31(para)
msgid ""
"Your publicly readable containers are checked for two headers, <literal>X"
"-Container-Meta-Web-Index</literal> and <literal>X-Container-Meta-Web-"
"Error</literal>. The <literal>X-Container-Meta-Web-Error</literal> header is"
" discussed below, in <xref linkend=\"Set_Error_Pages_for_Static_Website-"
"dle4005\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml38(para)
msgid ""
"Use <literal>X-Container-Meta-Web-Index</literal> to determine the index "
"file (or default page served, such as <filename>index.html</filename>) for "
"your website. When someone initially enters your site, the "
"<filename>index.html</filename> file displays automatically. If you create "
"sub-directories for your site by creating pseudo-directories in your "
"container, the index page for each sub-directory is displayed by default. If"
" your pseudo-directory does not have a file with the same name as your index"
" file, visits to the sub-directory return a 404 error."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml49(para)
msgid ""
"You also have the option of displaying a list of files in your pseudo-"
"directory instead of a web page. To do this, set the <literal>X-Container-"
"Meta-Web-Listings</literal> header to <literal>TRUE</literal>. You may add "
"styles to your file listing by setting <literal>X-Container-Meta-Web-"
"Listings-CSS:</literal> to a style sheet (for example, "
"<literal>lists.css</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml58(title)
msgid "Static web middleware through Object Storage"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml60(title)
msgid "Make container publicly readable"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml61(para)
msgid ""
"Make the container publicly readable. Once the container is publicly "
"readable, you can access your objects directly, but you must set the index "
"file to browse the main site URL and its sub-directories."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml69(title)
msgid "Set site index file"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml70(para)
msgid ""
"Set the index file. In this case, <filename>index.html</filename> is the "
"default file displayed when the site appears."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml76(title)
msgid "Enable file listing"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"Turn on file listing. If you do not set the index file, the URL displays a "
"list of the objects in the container. Instructions on styling the list with "
"a CSS follow."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml84(title)
msgid "Enable CSS for file listing"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml85(para)
msgid "Style the file listing using a CSS."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml90(title)
msgid "Set error pages for static website"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"You can create and set custom error pages for visitors to your website; "
"currently, only 401 (Unauthorized) and 404 (Not Found) errors are supported."
" To do this, set the metadata header, <literal>X-Container-Meta-Web-"
"Error</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"Error pages are served with the &lt;status&gt; code pre-pended to the name "
"of the error page you set. For instance, if you set <literal>X-Container-"
"Meta-Web-Error</literal> to <filename>error.html</filename>, 401 errors will"
" display the page <filename>401error.html</filename>. Similarly, 404 errors "
"will display <filename>404error.html</filename>. You must have both of these"
" pages created in your container when you set the <literal>X-Container-Meta-"
"Web-Error</literal> metadata, or your site will display generic error pages."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml108(para)
msgid ""
"You only have to set the <literal>X-Container-Meta-Web-Error</literal> "
"metadata once for your entire static website."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml112(title)
msgid "Set error pages for static website request"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml115(para)
msgid "Any 2<varname>nn</varname> response indicates success."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml6(title)
msgid "Assign CORS headers to requests"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml7(para)
msgid ""
"<glossterm baseform=\"cross-origin resource sharing (cors)\">Cross-Origin "
"Resource Sharing (CORS)</glossterm> is a specification that defines how "
"browsers and servers communicate across origins by using HTTP headers, such "
"as those assigned by Object Storage API requests. The Object Storage API "
"supports the following headers:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml15(para)
msgid "Access-Control-Allow-Credentials"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml18(para)
msgid "Access-Control-Allow-Methods"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml21(para)
msgid "Access-Control-Allow-Origin"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml24(para)
msgid "Access-Control-Expose-Headers"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml27(para)
msgid "Access-Control-Max-Age"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml30(para)
msgid "Access-Control-Request-Headers"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml33(para)
msgid "Access-Control-Request-Method"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml36(para)
msgid "Origin"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml39(para)
msgid ""
"You can only assign these headers to objects. For more information, see "
"<link href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/access-control/\">www.w3.org/TR/access-"
"control/</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml44(title)
msgid "Assign CORS header request: HTTP"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml45(para)
msgid ""
"This example assigns the file origin to the <literal>Origin</literal> "
"header, which ensures that the file originated from a reputable source:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml7(title)
msgid "Manage bare-metal nodes"
msgstr "ベアメタルノードの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"The bare-metal driver for OpenStack Compute manages provisioning of physical"
" hardware by using common cloud APIs and tools such as Orchestration (Heat)."
" The use case for this driver is for single tenant clouds such as a high-"
"performance computing cluster or for deploying OpenStack itself."
msgstr "OpenStack Compute のベアメタルドライバーは、Orchestration (Heat) のような、一般的なクラウド API やツールを使用することにより、物理サーバーへの配備を管理できます。このドライバーのユースケースは、HPC クラスターのような単一テナントクラウドや OpenStack 自身のデプロイメントの用途です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"If you use the bare-metal driver, you must create a network interface and "
"add it to a bare-metal node. Then, you can launch an instance from a bare-"
"metal image."
msgstr "ベアメタルドライバーを使用する場合、ネットワークインターフェースを作成し、それをベアメタルノードに追加する必要があります。その後、ベアメタルイメージからインスタンスを起動できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Development efforts are focused on moving the driver out of the Compute code"
" base in the Icehouse release."
msgstr "開発は、Icehouse リリースで Compute のコードからこのドライバーを外に出すことに注力しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"You can list and delete bare-metal nodes. When you delete a node, any "
"associated network interfaces are removed. You can list and remove network "
"interfaces that are associated with a bare-metal node."
msgstr "ベアメタルノードの一覧表示や削除が可能です。ノードを削除すると、関連付けられているネットワークインターフェースも削除されます。ベアメタルノードに関連付けられているネットワークインターフェースを一覧表示、削除することができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml21(title)
msgid "Commands"
msgstr "コマンド"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml22(para)
msgid "The following commands can be used to manage bare-metal nodes."
msgstr "以下のコマンドは、ベアメタルノードを管理するために使用できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml24(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Adds a network interface to a bare-metal node."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>。ベアメタルノードにネットワークインターフェースを追加します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"<placeholder-1/>. Lists network interfaces associated with a bare-metal "
"node."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>。ベアメタルノードに関連付けられているネットワークインターフェースを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml32(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Removes a network interface from a bare-metal node."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>。ベアメタルノードからネットワークインターフェースを削除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml36(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Creates a bare-metal node."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>。ベアメタルノードを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"<placeholder-1/>. Removes a bare-metal node and any associated interfaces."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>。ベアメタルノードと関連付けられているインターフェースを削除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml44(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Lists available bare-metal nodes."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>。使用可能なベアメタルノードを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml48(para)
msgid "<placeholder-1/>. Shows information about a bare-metal node."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>。ベアメタルノードの情報を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml53(title)
msgid "Create a bare-metal node"
msgstr "ベアメタルノードの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"When you create a bare-metal node, your PM address, user name, and password "
"should match those that are configured in your hardware's BIOS/IPMI "
"configuration."
msgstr "ベアメタルノードの作成時、物理マシンのアドレス、ユーザー名、パスワードが、ハードウェアの BIOS/IPMI に設定されたものと一致する必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml59(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the command and results from creating a node "
"with the PM address <filename>1.2.3.4</filename>, the PM user name "
"<systemitem class=\"username\">ipmi</systemitem>, and password "
"<literal>ipmi</literal>."
msgstr "以下の例は、物理マシンアドレス <filename>1.2.3.4</filename>、ユーザー名 <systemitem class=\"username\">ipmi</systemitem>、パスワード <literal>ipmi</literal> を持つノードを作成するコマンドと実行結果です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml81(title)
msgid "Add a network interface to the node:"
msgstr "ベアメタルノードにネットワークインターフェースを追加します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml82(para)
msgid ""
"For each NIC on the node, you must create an interface, specifying the "
"interface's MAC address."
msgstr "ノードの各 NIC は、インターフェースの MAC アドレスを指定して、インターフェースを作成する必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml94(title)
msgid "Launch an instance from a bare-metal image:"
msgstr "ベアメタルイメージからインスタンスを起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"A bare-metal instance is an instance created directly on a physical machine "
"without any virtualization layer running underneath it. Nova retains power "
"control via IPMI. In some situations, Nova may retain network control via "
"Neutron and OpenFlow."
msgstr "ベアメタルインスタンスは、物理マシンに直接作成されたインスタンスです。基盤として仮想化レイヤーを持っていません。Nova は IPMI 経由で電源を制御します。いくつかの場合、Nova は Neutron や OpenFlow 経由でネットワークを制御するかもしれません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml109(para)
msgid ""
"Set the <parameter>--availability_zone</parameter> parameter to specify "
"which zone or node to use to start the server. Separate the zone from the "
"host name with a comma. For example:"
msgstr "<parameter>--availability_zone</parameter> パラメーターを設定して、サーバーを起動するゾーンまたはノードを指定します。ホスト名とゾーンはコンマで区切ります。例えば以下のようになります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml112(replaceable)
msgid "HOST"
msgstr "HOST"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml112(replaceable)
msgid "NODE"
msgstr "NODE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml113(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>host</literal> is optional for the "
"<literal>--availability_zone</literal> parameter. You can specify simply "
"<literal>zone:,node</literal>. You must still use the comma."
msgstr "<literal>host</literal> は <literal>--availability_zone</literal> パラメーターのオプションです。単に <literal>zone:,node</literal> と指定することもできます。コンマを使用することもできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml120(title)
msgid "List bare-metal nodes and interfaces:"
msgstr "以下のように、ベアメタルノードとインターフェースを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml122(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to view all bare-metal nodes and "
"interfaces. When a node is in use, its status includes the UUID of the "
"instance that runs on it:"
msgstr "すべてのベアメタルノードとインターフェースを表示するために、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。ノードが使用中の場合、実行されているインスタンスの UUID もステータスに含められます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml132(title)
msgid "Show details for a bare-metal node:"
msgstr "ベアメタルノードの詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to view the details for a bare-metal node."
msgstr "ベアメタルノードの詳細を表示するために、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml4(title)
msgid "Pseudo-hierarchical folders and directories"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml5(para)
msgid ""
"Although you cannot nest directories in OpenStack Object Storage, you can "
"simulate a hierarchical structure within a single container by adding "
"forward slash characters (<literal>/</literal>) in the object name. To "
"navigate the pseudo-directory structure, you can use the "
"<code>delimiter</code> query parameter. This example shows you how to use "
"pseudo-hierarchical folders and directories."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the objects reside in a container called "
"<code>backups</code>. Within that container, the objects are organized in a "
"pseudo-directory called <code>photos</code>. The container name is not "
"displayed in the example, but it is a part of the object URLs. For instance,"
" the URL of the picture <code>me.jpg</code> is "
"<uri>https://storage.swiftdrive.com/v1/CF_xer7_343/backups/photos/me.jpg</uri>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml24(title)
msgid "List pseudo-hierarchical folders request: HTTP"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"To display a list of all the objects in the storage container, use without a"
" delimiter or prefix."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the "
"requested list of the objects."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml39(para)
msgid ""
"Use the delimiter parameter to limit the displayed results. To use "
"<code>delimiter</code> with pseudo-directories, you must use the parameter "
"slash (<literal>/</literal>)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the "
"requested matching objects. Because you use the slash, only the pseudo-"
"directory <code>photos/</code> displays. The returned values from a slash "
"<code>delimiter</code> query are not real objects. They have a content-type "
"of <literal>application/directory</literal> and are in the "
"<literal>subdir</literal> section of JSON and XML results."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml53(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <code>prefix</code> and <code>delimiter</code> parameters to view "
"the objects inside a pseudo-directory, including further nested pseudo-"
"directories."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml57(para)
msgid ""
"The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the "
"objects and pseudo-directories within the top level pseudo-directory."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml63(para)
msgid ""
"You can create an unlimited number of nested pseudo-directories. To navigate"
" through them, use a longer <code>prefix</code> parameter coupled with the "
"<code>delimiter</code> parameter. In this sample output, there is a pseudo-"
"directory called <code>dogs</code> within the pseudo-directory "
"<code>animals</code>. To navigate directly to the files contained within "
"<code>dogs</code>, enter the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml73(para)
msgid ""
"The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the "
"objects and pseudo-directories within the nested pseudo-directory."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml7(title)
msgid "Large objects"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the content of an object cannot be greater than 5GB. However, "
"you can use a number of smaller objects to construct a large object. The "
"large object is comprised of two types of objects:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Segment objects</emphasis> store the object content."
" You can divide your content into segments, and upload each segment into its"
" own segment object. Segment objects do not have any special features. You "
"create, update, download, and delete segment objects just as you would "
"normal objects."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis role=\"bold\">manifest object</emphasis> links the segment "
"objects into one logical large object. When you download a manifest object, "
"Object Storage concatenates and returns the contents of the segment objects "
"in the response body of the request. This behavior extends to the response "
"headers returned by and requests. The Content-Length response header value "
"is the total size of all segment objects. Object Storage calculates the ETag"
" response header value by taking the ETag value of each segment, "
"concatenating them together, and returning the MD5 checksum of the result. "
"The manifest object types are:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml43(emphasis)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml85(title)
msgid "Static large objects"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml46(para)
msgid ""
"The manifest object content is an ordered list of the names of the segment "
"objects in JSON format. See <xref linkend=\"static-large-objects\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml54(emphasis)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml183(title)
msgid "Dynamic large objects"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml57(para)
msgid ""
"The manifest object has no content but it has a <literal>X-Object-"
"Manifest</literal> metadata header. The value of this header is "
"<literal>{container}/{prefix}</literal>, where "
"<literal>{container}</literal> is the name of the container where the "
"segment objects are stored, and <literal>{prefix}</literal> is a string that"
" all segment objects have in common. See <xref linkend=\"dynamic-large-"
"object-creation\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"If you make a request by using a manifest object as the source, the new "
"object is a normal, and not a segment, object. If the total size of the "
"source segment objects exceeds 5GB, the request fails. However, you can make"
" a duplicate of the manifest object and this new object can be larger than "
"5GB."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml86(para)
msgid ""
"To create a static large object, divide your content into pieces and create "
"(upload) a segment object to contain each piece."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"You must record the <literal>ETag</literal> response header that the "
"operation returns. Alternatively, you can calculate the MD5 checksum of the "
"segment prior to uploading and include this in the ETag request header. This"
" ensures that the upload cannot corrupt your data."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml95(para)
msgid ""
"List the name of each segment object along with its size and MD5 checksum in"
" order."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"Create a manifest object. Include the <parameter>?multipart-"
"manifest=put</parameter> query string at the end of the manifest object name"
" to indicate that this is a manifest object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml101(para)
msgid ""
"The body of the request on the manifest object comprises a json list, where "
"each element contains the following attributes:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml106(code)
msgid "path"
msgstr "path"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml108(para)
msgid ""
"The container and object name in the format: <code>{container-name}/{object-"
"name}</code>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml113(code)
msgid "etag"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml115(para)
msgid ""
"The MD5 checksum of the content of the segment object. This value must match"
" the <literal>ETag</literal> of that object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml122(code)
msgid "size_bytes"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml124(para)
msgid ""
"The size of the segment object. This value must match the <literal>Content-"
"Length</literal> of that object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml132(title)
msgid "Static large object manifest list"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows three segment objects. You can use several containers and"
" the object names do not have to conform to a specific pattern, in contrast "
"to dynamic large objects."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml139(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>Content-Length</literal> request header must contain the length"
" of the json contentnot the length of the segment objects. However, after "
"the operation completes, the Content-Length metadata is set to the total "
"length of all the object segments. A similar situation applies to the ETag. "
"If used in the operation, it must contain the MD5 checksum of the json "
"content. The ETag metadata value is then set to be the MD5 checksum of the "
"concatenated ETag values of the object segments. You can also set the "
"Content-Type request header and custom object metadata."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml152(para)
msgid ""
"When the operation sees the ?multipart-manifest=put query parameter, it "
"reads the request body and verifies that each segment object exists and that"
" the sizes and ETags match. If there is a mismatch, the operation fails."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml158(para)
msgid ""
"If everything matches, the manifest object is created. The <literal>X"
"-Static-Large-Object</literal> metadata is set to <literal>true</literal> "
"indicating that this is a static object manifest."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml162(para)
msgid ""
"Normally when you perform a operation on the manifest object, the response "
"body contains the concatenated content of the segment objects. To download "
"the manifest list, use the ?multipart-manifest=get query parameter. The "
"resulting list is not formatted the same as the manifest you originally used"
" in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"If you use the operation on a manifest object, the manifest object is "
"deleted. The segment objects are not affected. However, if you add the "
"?multipart-manifest=delete query parameter, the segment objects are deleted "
"and if all are successfully deleted, the manifest object is also deleted."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml177(para)
msgid ""
"To change the manifest, use a operation with the ?multipart-manifest=put "
"query parameter. This request creates a manifest object. You can also update"
" the object metadata in the usual way."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml184(para)
msgid ""
"You must segment objects that are larger than 5GB before you can upload "
"them. You then upload the segment objects like you would any other object "
"and create a dynamic large manifest object. The manifest object tells Object"
" Storage how to find the segment objects that comprise the large object. The"
" segments remain individually addressable, but retrieving the manifest "
"object streams all the segments concatenated. There is no limit to the "
"number of segments that can be a part of a single large object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml194(para)
msgid ""
"To ensure the download works correctly, you must upload all the object "
"segments to the same container and ensure that each object name is prefixed "
"in such a way that it sorts in the order in which it should be concatenated."
" You also create and upload a manifest file. The manifest file is a zero-"
"byte file with the extra <literal>X-Object-"
"Manifest</literal><code>{container}/{prefix}</code> header, where "
"<code>{container}</code> is the container the object segments are in and "
"<code>{prefix}</code> is the common prefix for all the segments. You must "
"UTF-8-encode and then URL-encode the container and common prefix in the "
"<literal>X-Object-Manifest</literal> header."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml207(para)
msgid ""
"It is best to upload all the segments first and then create or update the "
"manifest. With this method, the full object is not available for downloading"
" until the upload is complete. Also, you can upload a new set of segments to"
" a second location and update the manifest to point to this new location. "
"During the upload of the new segments, the original manifest is still "
"available to download the first set of segments."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml216(title)
msgid "Upload segment of large object request: HTTP"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml220(para)
msgid ""
"No response body is returned. A status code of "
"<returnvalue>2<replaceable>nn</replaceable></returnvalue> (between 200 and "
"299, inclusive) indicates a successful write; status "
"<errorcode>411</errorcode><errortext>Length Required</errortext> denotes a "
"missing <literal>Content-Length</literal> or <literal>Content-Type</literal>"
" header in the request. If the MD5 checksum of the data written to the "
"storage system does NOT match the (optionally) supplied ETag value, a "
"<errorcode>422</errorcode><errortext>Unprocessable Entity</errortext> "
"response is returned."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml232(para)
msgid ""
"You can continue uploading segments, like this example shows, prior to "
"uploading the manifest."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml235(title)
msgid "Upload next segment of large object request: HTTP"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml239(para)
msgid ""
"Next, upload the manifest you created that indicates the container where the"
" object segments reside. Note that uploading additional segments after the "
"manifest is created causes the concatenated object to be that much larger "
"but you do not need to recreate the manifest file for subsequent additional "
"segments."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml246(title)
msgid "Upload manifest request: HTTP"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml250(title)
msgid "Upload manifest response: HTTP"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml253(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>Content-Type</literal> in the response for a or on the manifest"
" is the same as the Content-Type set during the request that created the "
"manifest. You can change the Content-Type by reissuing the request."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml261(title)
msgid "Comparison of static and dynamic large objects"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml262(para)
msgid ""
"While static and dynamic objects have similar behavior, this table describes"
" their differences:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml265(caption)
msgid "Static and dynamic large objects"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml272(th)
msgid "Static large object"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml273(th)
msgid "Dynamic large object"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml278(th)
msgid "End-to-end integrity"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml279(para)
msgid ""
"Assured. The list of segments includes the MD5 checksum "
"(<literal>ETag</literal>) of each segment. You cannot upload the manifest "
"object if the <literal>ETag</literal> in the list differs from the uploaded "
"segment object. If a segment is somehow lost, an attempt to download the "
"manifest object results in an error."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml288(para)
msgid ""
"Not guaranteed. The eventual consistency model means that although you have "
"uploaded a segment object, it might not appear in the container listing "
"until later. If you download the manifest before it appears in the "
"container, it does not form part of the content returned in response to a "
"request."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml298(th)
msgid "Upload order"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml299(para)
msgid ""
"You must upload the segment objects before you upload the manifest object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml302(para)
msgid ""
"You can upload manifest and segment objects in any order. You are "
"recommended to upload the manifest object after the segments in case a "
"premature download of the manifest occurs. However, this is not enforced."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml310(th)
msgid "Removal or addition of segment objects"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml311(para)
msgid ""
"You cannot add or remove segment objects from the manifest. However, you can"
" create a completely new manifest object of the same name with a different "
"manifest list."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml316(para)
msgid ""
"You can upload new segment objects or remove existing segments. The names "
"must simply match the <literal>{prefix}</literal> supplied in <literal>X"
"-Object-Manifest</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml324(th)
msgid "Segment object size and number"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml325(para)
msgid ""
"Segment objects must be at least 1MB in size (by default). The final segment"
" object can be any size. At most, 1000 segments are supported (by default)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml330(para)
msgid "Segment objects can be any size."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml334(th)
msgid "Segment object container name"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml335(para)
msgid ""
"The manifest list includes the container name of each object. Segment "
"objects can be in different containers."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml338(para)
msgid "All segment objects must be in the same container."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml342(th)
msgid "Manifest object metadata"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml343(para)
msgid ""
"The object has <literal>X-Static-Large-Object</literal> set to "
"<literal>true</literal>. You do not set this metadata directly. Instead the "
"system sets it when you a static manifest object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml349(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>X-Object-Manifest</literal> value is the "
"<literal>{container}/{prefix}</literal>, which indicates where the segment "
"objects are located. You supply this request header in the operation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml357(th)
msgid "Copying the manifest object"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml358(para)
msgid ""
"Include the <parameter>?multipart-manifest=get</parameter> query string in "
"the request. The new object contains the same manifest as the original. The "
"segment objects are not copied. Instead, both the original and new manifest "
"objects share the same set of segment objects."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml367(para)
msgid ""
"The operation does not create a manifest object. To duplicate a manifest "
"object, use the operation to read the value of X-Object-Manifest and use "
"this value in the X-Object-Manifest request header in a operation. This "
"creates a new manifest object that shares the same set of segment objects as"
" the original manifest object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml8(title)
msgid "Create and manage stacks"
msgstr "スタックの管理と作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"The Orchestration module enables you to orchestrate multiple composite cloud"
" applications. This module supports use of both the Amazon Web Services "
"(AWS) CloudFormation template format through both a Query API that is "
"compatible with CloudFormation and the native OpenStack <glossterm>Heat "
"Orchestration Template (HOT)</glossterm> format through a REST API."
msgstr "Orchestration モジュールにより、複数から構成されたクラウドアプリケーションを統合できます。このモジュールは、CloudFormation 互換の Query API 経由の Amazon Web Services (AWS) CloudFormation テンプレート形式、REST API 経由のネイティブ OpenStack <glossterm>Heat Orchestration Template (HOT)</glossterm> 形式の使用をサポートします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml14(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"These flexible template languages enable application developers to describe "
"and automate the deployment of infrastructure, services, and applications. "
"The templates enable creation of most OpenStack resource types, such as "
"instances, floating IP addresses, volumes, security groups, and users. The "
"resources, once created, are referred to as stacks."
msgstr "これらの柔軟なテンプレート言語により、アプリケーション開発者は、インフラストラクチャ、サービス、アプリケーションの配備を記述し、自動化できます。テンプレートは、インスタンス、Floating IP アドレス、ボリューム、セキュリティグループ、ユーザーなどの、ほとんどの OpenStack リソースを作成できます。リソースが作成されると、スタックとして参照されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml19(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"The template languages are described in <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/template_guide/index.html\">the"
" Template Guide</link> in the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/\">Heat developer "
"documentation</link>."
msgstr "テンプレート言語は、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/\">Heat developer documentation</link> の <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/heat/template_guide/index.html\">the Template Guide</link> に記載されています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml25(title)
msgid "Create a stack from an example template file"
msgstr "サンプルテンプレートファイルからのスタックの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"To create a stack, or template, from an <link "
"href=\"https://github.com/openstack/heat-templates\">example template "
"file</link>, run the following command:"
msgstr "<link href=\"https://github.com/openstack/heat-templates\">サンプルテンプレートファイル</link>からスタックまたはテンプレートを作成するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml32(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml59(replaceable)
msgid "PATH_TO_HEAT_TEMPLATES"
msgstr "PATH_TO_HEAT_TEMPLATES"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable)
msgid "USERNAME"
msgstr "USERNAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable)
msgid "PASSWORD"
msgstr "PASSWORD"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable)
msgid "HEAT_KEY"
msgstr "HEAT_KEY"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>--parameters</literal> values that you specify depend on the "
"parameters that are defined in the template. If a website hosts the template"
" file, you can specify the URL with the <literal>--template-url</literal> "
"parameter instead of the <literal>--template-file</literal> parameter."
msgstr "指定する <literal>--parameters</literal> の値は、テンプレートで定義したパラメーターに依存します。ウェブサイトがテンプレートファイルを公開している場合、<literal>--template-file</literal> パラメーターの代わりに <literal>--template-url</literal> パラメーターを用いて URL を指定できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml40(para)
msgid "The command returns the following output:"
msgstr "このコマンドは以下の出力を返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml48(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use the <placeholder-1/> command to validate a template file "
"without creating a stack from it."
msgstr "テンプレートファイルからスタックを作成することなく、検証するために <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用することもできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"Previous versions of the heat client used <placeholder-1/> instead of "
"<placeholder-2/>, but it has been deprecated in favor of <placeholder-3/>."
msgstr "前のバージョンの heat クライアントは、<placeholder-2/> の代わりに <placeholder-1/> を使用しましたが、 <placeholder-3/> のために非推奨になりました。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml58(para)
msgid "To do so, run the following command:"
msgstr "そうするために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml60(para)
msgid "If validation fails, the response returns an error message."
msgstr "検証に失敗した場合、応答がエラーメッセージを返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml66(title)
msgid "Get information about stacks"
msgstr "スタック情報の取得"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml67(para)
msgid ""
"To explore the state and history of a particular stack, you can run a number"
" of commands."
msgstr "特定のスタックの状態と履歴を調査するために、いろいろなコマンドを実行できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml71(para)
msgid ""
"To see which stacks are visible to the current user, run the following "
"command:"
msgstr "どのスタックが現在のユーザーから参照できるかを確認するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml82(para)
msgid "To show the details of a stack, run the following command:"
msgstr "スタックの詳細を表示するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml87(para)
msgid ""
"A stack consists of a collection of resources. To list the resources and "
"their status, run the following command:"
msgstr "スタックはリソースの集合から構成されます。リソースとその状態を一覧表示するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"To show the details for a specific resource in a stack, run the following "
"command:"
msgstr "スタックにある特定のリソースの詳細を表示するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml100(para)
msgid ""
"Some resources have associated metadata which can change throughout the life"
" cycle of a resource. Show the metadata by running the following command:"
msgstr "いくつかのリソースはリソースのライフサイクルを通して変更できるメタデータと関連づけられています。以下のコマンドを実行して、メタデータを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"A series of events is generated during the life cycle of a stack. To display"
" life cycle events, run the following command::"
msgstr "一連のイベントはスタックのライフサイクルを通して生成されます。ライフサイクルイベントを表示するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml116(para)
msgid "To show the details for a particular event, run the following command:"
msgstr "特定のイベントの詳細を表示するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml123(title)
msgid "Update a stack"
msgstr "スタックの更新"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml124(para)
msgid ""
"To update an existing stack from a modified template file, run a command "
"like the following command:"
msgstr "修正したテンプレートファイルから既存のスタックを更新する場合、以下のようなコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml135(para)
msgid ""
"Some resources are updated in-place, while others are replaced with new "
"resources."
msgstr "いくつかのリソースはすぐに更新され、他のものは新しいリソースで置き換えられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml7(title)
msgid "Create and manage networks"
msgstr "ネットワークの作成と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenStack Networking service provides a scalable system for managing the"
" network connectivity within an OpenStack cloud deployment. It can easily "
"and quickly react to changing network needs (for example, creating and "
"assigning new IP addresses)."
msgstr "OpenStack Networking は OpenStack クラウド環境にネットワーク接続性の管理のための拡張可能なシステムを提供します。これにより、必要に応じて簡単かつ迅速にネットワークを変更できます (例えば、新しい IP アドレスの作成および割り当て)。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Networking in OpenStack is complex. This section provides the basic "
"instructions for creating a network and a router. For detailed information "
"about managing networks, refer to the <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org"
"/admin-guide-cloud/content/ch_networking.html\"><emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">OpenStack Cloud Administrator Guide</emphasis></link>."
msgstr "OpenStack のネットワークは複雑です。このセクションは、ネットワークとルーターの作成に関する基本的な説明をします。ネットワークの管理の詳細は、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/admin-guide-cloud/content/ch_networking.html\"><emphasis role=\"italic\">OpenStack Cloud Administrator Guide</emphasis></link> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml21(title)
msgid "Create a network"
msgstr "ネットワークの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Networks</guibutton>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guibutton>ネットワーク</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml28(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Network</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>ネットワークの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml31(para)
msgid "In the Create Network dialog box, specify the following values."
msgstr "ネットワークの作成ダイアログに、以下の値を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml39(guilabel)
msgid "Network"
msgstr "ネットワーク"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml39(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml48(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml81(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml56(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml156(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml179(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml189(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml197(th)
msgid "<placeholder-1/> tab"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> タブ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml44(guilabel)
msgid "Network Name"
msgstr "ネットワーク名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml45(para)
msgid "Specify a name to identify the network."
msgstr "ネットワークを識別するための名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml49(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml154(guilabel)
msgid "Subnet"
msgstr "サブネット"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml52(guilabel)
msgid "Create Subnet"
msgstr "サブネットの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml53(para)
msgid "Select this check box to create a subnet"
msgstr "サブネットを作成する場合、このチェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"You do not have to specify a subnet when you create a network, but if you do"
" not, any attached instance receives an Error status."
msgstr "ネットワークの作成時にサブネットを指定する必要がありません。ただし、指定しない場合、インスタンス接続時にエラー状態になります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml59(guilabel)
msgid "Subnet Name"
msgstr "サブネット名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml60(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the subnet."
msgstr "サブネットの名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml63(guilabel)
msgid "Network Address"
msgstr "ネットワークアドレス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml64(para)
msgid "Specify the IP address for the subnet."
msgstr "サブネットの IP アドレスを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml67(guilabel)
msgid "IP Version"
msgstr "IP バージョン"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml68(para)
msgid "Select IPv4 or IPv6."
msgstr "IPv4 または IPv6 を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml71(guilabel)
msgid "Gateway IP"
msgstr "ゲートウェイ IP"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"Specify an IP address for a specific gateway. This parameter is optional."
msgstr "具体的なゲートウェイの IP アドレスを指定します。このパラメーターはオプションです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml76(guilabel)
msgid "Disable Gateway"
msgstr "ゲートウェイなし"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml77(para)
msgid "Select this check box to disable a gateway IP address."
msgstr "ゲートウェイの IP アドレスを無効化する場合、このチェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml81(guilabel)
msgid "Subnet Detail"
msgstr "サブネットの詳細"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml84(guilabel)
msgid "Enable DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP 有効"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml85(para)
msgid "Select this check box to enable DHCP."
msgstr "DHCP を有効化する場合、このチェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml88(guilabel)
msgid "Allocation Pools"
msgstr "IP アドレス割り当てプール"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml89(para)
msgid "Specify IP address pools."
msgstr "IP アドレスプールを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml92(guilabel)
msgid "DNS Name Servers"
msgstr "DNS サーバー"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml93(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the DNS server."
msgstr "DNS サーバーの名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml96(guilabel)
msgid "Host Routes"
msgstr "追加のルート設定"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml97(para)
msgid "Specify the IP address of host routes."
msgstr "ホストルートの IP アドレスを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml103(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Create</guilabel>."
msgstr "<guilabel>作成</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml104(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the network on the <guilabel>Networks</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "ダッシュボードの<guibutton>ネットワーク</guibutton>タブにネットワークが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml110(title)
msgid "Create a router"
msgstr "ルーターの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml113(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Routers</guibutton>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guibutton>ルーター</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml117(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Router</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>ルーターの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml119(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Router dialog box, specify a name for the router and click "
"<guibutton>Create Router</guibutton>."
msgstr "ルーターの作成ダイアログで、ルーターの名前を指定し、<guibutton>ルーターの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml121(para)
msgid ""
"The new router is now displayed in the <guilabel>Routers</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "新しいルーターが<guilabel>ルーター</guilabel>タブに表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml125(para)
msgid "Click the new router's <guibutton>Set Gateway</guibutton> button."
msgstr "新しいルーターの<guibutton>ゲートウェイの設定</guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml129(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>External Network</guilabel> field, specify the network to "
"which the router will connect, and then click <guibutton>Set "
"Gateway</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guilabel>外部ネットワーク</guilabel>項目に、ルーターが接続するネットワークを指定し、<guibutton>ゲートウェイの設定</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml134(para)
msgid ""
"To connect a private network to the newly created router, perform the "
"following steps:"
msgstr "新しく作成したルーターにプライベートネットワークを接続するために、以下の手順を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml138(para)
msgid "On the <guilabel>Routers</guilabel> tab, click the name of the router."
msgstr "<guilabel>ルーター</guilabel>タブで、ルーターの名前をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml142(para)
msgid "On the Router Details page, click <guilabel>Add Interface</guilabel>."
msgstr "ルーターの詳細ページで、<guilabel>インターフェースの追加</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml146(para)
msgid "In the Add Interface dialog box, specify the following information:"
msgstr "インターフェースの追加ダイアログボックスで、以下の情報を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml158(para)
msgid "Select a subnet."
msgstr "サブネットを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml163(guilabel)
msgid "IP Address (optional)"
msgstr "IP アドレス (省略可能)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml166(para)
msgid "Enter the router interface IP address for the selected subnet."
msgstr "選択したサブネット用のルーターのインターフェース IP アドレスを入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml168(para)
msgid ""
"Note: If this value is not set, then by default, the first host IP address "
"in the subnet is used by OpenStack Networking."
msgstr "注: この値が設定されていない場合、サブネットの最初のホスト IP アドレスが標準で OpenStack Networking により使用されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Router Name</guilabel> and <guilabel>Router ID</guilabel> "
"fields are automatically updated."
msgstr "<guilabel>ルーター名</guilabel>と<guilabel>ルーター ID</guilabel> の項目が自動的に更新されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml181(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Add Interface</guilabel>."
msgstr "<guibutton>インターフェースの追加</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml184(para)
msgid ""
"You have successfully created the router. You can view the new topology from"
" the <guilabel>Network Topology</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "正常にルーターを作成しました。<guilabel>ネットワークトポロジー</guilabel>タブから新しいトポロジーを表示できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml7(title)
msgid "Compute"
msgstr "コンピュート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"To use the information in this section, you must be familiar with OpenStack "
"Compute."
msgstr "このセクションにある情報を使用する場合、OpenStack Compute に慣れている必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml11(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml15(title)
msgid "Set environment variables"
msgstr "環境変数の設定"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"To set up environmental variables and authenticate against Compute API "
"endpoints, see <xref linkend=\"sdk_auth\"/>."
msgstr "環境変数をセットアップし、Compute API エンドポイントに対して認証するために、<xref linkend=\"sdk_auth\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml17(title)
msgid "Get OpenStack credentials (API v2)"
msgstr "OpenStack クレデンシャルの取得 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml18(para)
msgid "These example use the <code>get_nova_credentials_v2</code> method:"
msgstr "これらの例は <code>get_nova_credentials_v2</code> メソッドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml28(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml36(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"This code resides in the <filename>credentials.py</filename> file, which all"
" samples import."
msgstr "このコードは <filename>credentials.py</filename> ファイルにあります。すべてのサンプルがこれをインポートします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml31(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <code>get_nova_credentials_v2()</code> method to populate and get a "
"dictionary:"
msgstr "辞書を生成し、取得するために、<code>get_nova_credentials_v2()</code> メソッドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml37(title)
msgid "List servers (API v2)"
msgstr "サーバーの一覧表示 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml38(para)
msgid "The following program lists servers by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "以下のプログラムは、Compute API v2 を用いてサーバーを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml41(title)
msgid "To list servers"
msgstr "サーバーの一覧表示方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml43(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml85(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml161(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml251(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml338(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml399(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml462(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml246(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml341(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml416(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml466(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml515(para)
msgid "Import the following modules:"
msgstr "以下のモジュールをインポートします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml48(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml167(para)
msgid ""
"Get Nova credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
msgstr "Nova クレデンシャルを取得します。<xref linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml53(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml96(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml172(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml275(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml358(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml422(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml483(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml259(para)
msgid ""
"Instantiate the <literal>nova_client</literal> client object by using the "
"<literal>credentials</literal> dictionary object:"
msgstr "<literal>credentials</literal> 辞書オブジェクトを使用して、<literal>nova_client</literal> クライアントオブジェクトのインスタンスを生成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"List servers by calling <literal>servers.list</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client</literal> object:"
msgstr "<literal>nova_client</literal> オブジェクトの <literal>servers.list</literal> を呼び出し、サーバーを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml67(title)
msgid "List servers code listing"
msgstr "サーバーの一覧表示のコード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml79(title)
msgid "Create server (API v2)"
msgstr "サーバーの作成 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"The following program creates a server (VM) by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "以下のプログラムは、Compute API v2 を用いてサーバー (VM) を作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml83(title)
msgid "To create a server"
msgstr "サーバーの作成方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml91(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml353(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml417(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml478(para)
msgid ""
"Get OpenStack credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
msgstr "OpenStack クレデンシャルを取得します。<xref linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"Get the flavor and image to use to create a server. This code uses the "
"<literal>cirros</literal> image, the <literal>m1.tiny</literal> flavor, and "
"the <literal>private</literal> network:"
msgstr "サーバーを作成するために、使用するフレーバーとイメージを取得します。このコードは、<literal>cirros</literal> イメージ、<literal>m1.tiny</literal> フレーバー、<literal>private</literal> ネットワークを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml113(para)
msgid "To create the server, use the network, image, and flavor:"
msgstr "サーバーを作成し、ネットワーク、イメージ、フレーバーを使用する方法:"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml120(para)
msgid ""
"Sleep for five seconds and determine whether the server/vm was created by "
"calling <literal>nova_client.servers.list()</literal>:"
msgstr "5 秒間スリープします。そして、 <literal>nova_client.servers.list()</literal> を呼び出すことにより、サーバー/仮想マシンが作成されたかどうかを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml130(title)
msgid "Create server code listing"
msgstr "サーバーの作成のコード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml155(title)
msgid "Delete server (API v2)"
msgstr "サーバーの削除 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml156(para)
msgid ""
"The following program deletes a server (VM) by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "以下のプログラムは、Compute API v2 を用いてサーバー (VM) を削除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml159(title)
msgid "To delete a server"
msgstr "サーバーの削除方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml179(para)
msgid "Determine whether the <literal>vm1</literal> server exists:"
msgstr "<literal>vm1</literal> サーバーが存在するかを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml183(para)
msgid "List servers: <literal>servers_list</literal>."
msgstr "サーバー一覧 <literal>servers_list</literal> を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml187(para)
msgid ""
"Iterate over <literal>servers_list</literal> and compare name with "
"<literal>vm1</literal>."
msgstr "<literal>servers_list</literal> を反復し、名前を <literal>vm1</literal> と比較します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml193(para)
msgid ""
"If true, set the variable name <literal>server_exists</literal> to "
"<literal>True</literal> and break from the for loop:"
msgstr "存在すると、<literal>server_exists</literal> 変数が <literal>True</literal> になり、for ループを抜けます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml210(para)
msgid ""
"If the server exists, run the <literal>delete</literal> method of the "
"<literal>nova_client.servers</literal> object:"
msgstr "サーバーが存在すると、<literal>nova_client.servers</literal> オブジェクトの <literal>delete</literal> メソッドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml219(title)
msgid "Delete server code listing"
msgstr "サーバーの削除のコード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml245(title)
msgid "Update server (API v2)"
msgstr "サーバーの更新 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml246(para)
msgid ""
"The following program updates the name of a server (VM) by using the Compute"
" API v2."
msgstr "以下のプログラムは、Compute API v2 を用いてサーバー (VM) の名前を更新します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml249(title)
msgid "To update a server"
msgstr "サーバーの更新方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml255(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>print_server</literal> is a method defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the server details as shown in the "
"code listing below:"
msgstr "<literal>print_server</literal> は <filename>utils.py</filename> で定義されたメソッドです。以下のコード全体に示されたとおり、サーバーの詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml270(para)
msgid ""
"Get OpenStack Credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/>."
msgstr "OpenStack クレデンシャルを取得します。<xref linkend=\"sdk_compute_get_openstack_credentials_v2\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml282(para)
msgid ""
"Get the server instance using <literal>server_id</literal> and print the "
"details by calling <literal>print_server</literal> method:"
msgstr "<literal>server_id</literal> を使用してサーバーインスタンスを取得します。<literal>print_server</literal> メソッドを呼び出し、詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml292(para)
msgid ""
"Call <code>server.update</code> on the server object with the new value for "
"<literal>name</literal> variable:"
msgstr "<literal>name</literal> 変数の新しい値を用いて、server オブジェクトの <code>server.update</code> を呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml298(para)
msgid "Get the updated instance of the server:"
msgstr "サーバーの更新されたインスタンスを取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml302(para)
msgid ""
"Call <literal>print_server</literal> again to check the update server "
"details:"
msgstr "更新したサーバーの詳細を確認するために、再度 <literal>print_server</literal> を呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml309(title)
msgid "Update server code listing"
msgstr "サーバーの更新のコード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml332(title)
msgid "List flavors (API v2)"
msgstr "フレーバーの一覧表示 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml333(para)
msgid ""
"The following program lists flavors and their details by using the Compute "
"API v2."
msgstr "以下のプログラムは、Compute API v2 を用いてフレーバーとその詳細を一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml336(title)
msgid "To list flavors"
msgstr "フレーバーの一覧表示方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml342(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>print_flavors</literal> method is defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the flavor details:"
msgstr "<literal>print_flavors</literal> メソッドは、<filename>utils.py</filename> で定義され、フレーバーの詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml365(para)
msgid ""
"List flavors by calling <literal>list()</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client.flavors</literal> object:"
msgstr "<literal>nova_client.flavors</literal>  オブジェクトの <literal>list()</literal> を呼び出し、フレーバーを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml372(para)
msgid ""
"Print the flavor details, id and name by calling "
"<literal>print_flavors</literal>:"
msgstr "<literal>print_flavors</literal> を呼び出し、フレーバーの詳細、ID、名前を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml378(title)
msgid "List flavors code listing"
msgstr "フレーバーの一覧表示のコード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml393(title)
msgid "List floating IPs (API v2)"
msgstr "Floating IP の一覧表示 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml394(para)
msgid ""
"The following program lists the floating IPs and their details by using the "
"Compute API v2."
msgstr "以下のプログラムは、Compute API v2 を用いて Floating IP アドレスとその詳細を一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml397(title)
msgid "To list floating IPs"
msgstr "Floating IP の一覧表示方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml403(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>print_values_ip</literal> method is defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the floating_ip object details:"
msgstr "<literal>print_values_ip</literal> メソッドは、<filename>utils.py</filename> で定義され、floating_ip オブジェクトの詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml429(para)
msgid ""
"List floating IPs by calling <literal>list()</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client.floating_ips</literal> object:"
msgstr "<literal>nova_client.floating_ips</literal> オブジェクトの <literal>list()</literal> を呼び出すことにより、Floating IP を一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml436(para)
msgid ""
"Print the floating IP object details by calling "
"<literal>print_values_ip</literal>:"
msgstr "<literal>print_values_ip</literal> を呼び出すことにより、Floating IP オブジェクトの詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml442(title)
msgid "List floating IPs code listing"
msgstr "Floating IP の一覧表示のコード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml456(title)
msgid "List hosts (API v2)"
msgstr "ホストの一覧表示 (API v2)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml457(para)
msgid "The following program lists the hosts by using the Compute API v2."
msgstr "以下のプログラムは、Compute API v2 を用いてホストを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml460(title)
msgid "To list hosts"
msgstr "ホストの一覧表示方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml466(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>print_hosts</literal> method is defined in "
"<filename>utils.py</filename> and prints the host object details:"
msgstr "<literal>print_hosts</literal> メソッドは、<filename>utils.py</filename> で定義され、host オブジェクトの詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml490(para)
msgid ""
"List hosts by calling <literal>list()</literal> on "
"<literal>nova_client.hosts</literal> object:"
msgstr "<literal>nova_client.hosts</literal> オブジェクトの <literal>list()</literal> を呼び出すことにより、ホストを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml496(para)
msgid ""
"Print the host object details by calling "
"<literal>print_hosts(host_list)</literal>:"
msgstr "<literal>print_hosts(host_list)</literal> を呼び出すことにより、ホストオブジェクトの詳細を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml502(title)
msgid "List hosts code listing"
msgstr "ホストの一覧表示のコード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml11(title)
msgid "Launch an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"When you launch an instance from an image, OpenStack creates a local copy of"
" the image on the compute node where the instance starts."
msgstr "イメージからインスタンスを起動するとき、OpenStack はインスタンスが起動するコンピュートノードにイメージのローカルコピーを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml15(para)
msgid "When you launch an instance from a volume, note the following steps:"
msgstr "ボリュームからインスタンスを起動するとき、以下の手順に注意してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"To select the volume to from which to launch, launch an instance from an "
"arbitrary image on the volume. The image that you select does not boot. "
"Instead, it is replaced by the image on the volume that you choose in the "
"next steps."
msgstr "起動するボリュームを選択する場合、ボリュームにある任意のイメージからインスタンスを起動します。選択したイメージは起動しません。代わりに、次の手順で選択したボリュームにあるイメージにより置き換えられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"To boot a Xen image from a volume, the image you launch in must be the same "
"type, fully virtualized or paravirtualized, as the one on the volume."
msgstr "ボリュームから Xen イメージを起動するために、起動するイメージは、ボリュームにあるものと同じ形式、完全仮想化または準仮想化である必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"Select the volume or volume snapshot from which to boot. Enter a device "
"name. Enter <literal>vda</literal> for KVM images or <literal>xvda</literal>"
" for Xen images."
msgstr "起動するためのボリュームまたはボリュームのスナップショットを選択します。デバイス名を入力します。KVM イメージの場合は <literal>vda</literal>、Xen イメージの場合は <literal>xvda</literal> を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml35(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Images</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>イメージ</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml37(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the images that have been uploaded to OpenStack Image "
"Service and are available for this project."
msgstr "ダッシュボードは、OpenStack Image Service にアップロードされた、このプロジェクトが利用可能なイメージを表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"For details on creating images, see <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org"
"/image-guide/content/ch_creating_images_manually.html\">Creating images "
"manually</link> in the <citetitle>OpenStack Virtual Machine Image "
"Guide</citetitle>."
msgstr "イメージの作成に関する詳細は、<citetitle>OpenStack Virtual 仮想マシンイメージガイド</citetitle>の<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/image-guide/content/ch_creating_images_manually.html\">イメージの手動作成</link>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml46(para)
msgid "Select an image and click <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>."
msgstr "イメージを選択し、<guibutton>起動</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml49(para)
msgid "In the Launch Instance dialog box, specify the following values:"
msgstr "インスタンスの起動ダイアログボックスで、以下の値を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml56(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml62(guilabel)
msgid "Details"
msgstr "詳細"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml61(guilabel)
msgid "Availability Zone"
msgstr "アベイラビリティゾーン"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml63(para)
msgid ""
"By default, this value is set to the availability zone given by the cloud "
"provider (for example, <literal>us-west</literal> or <literal>apac-"
"south</literal>). For some cases, it could be <literal>nova</literal>."
msgstr "この値はデフォルトで、クラウドプロバイダーにより指定されたアベイラビリティゾーンに設定されます (例えば、<literal>us-west</literal>、<literal>apac-south</literal>)。<literal>nova</literal> となっている場合もあります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml70(guilabel)
msgid "Instance Name"
msgstr "インスタンス名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml71(para)
msgid "Assign a name to the virtual machine."
msgstr "仮想マシンに名前を割り当てます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"The name you assign here becomes the initial host name of the server. After "
"the server is built, if you change the server name in the API or change the "
"host name directly, the names are not updated in the dashboard."
msgstr "ここで割り当てた名前が、サーバーの初期ホスト名になります。サーバー稼働後、API でサーバー名を変更した場合、ホスト名を直接変更した場合、ダッシュボードに表示される名前は更新されません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml76(para)
msgid ""
"Server names are not guaranteed to be unique when created so you could have "
"two instances with the same host name."
msgstr "サーバー名は一意性が保証されていません。そのため、同じ名前を持つインスタンスを 2 つ起動する可能性があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml83(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml71(guilabel)
msgid "Flavor"
msgstr "フレーバー"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml84(para)
msgid "Specify the size of the instance to launch."
msgstr "起動するインスタンスの大きさを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml85(para)
msgid ""
"The flavor is selected based on the size of the image selected for launching"
" an instance. For example, while creating an image, if you have entered the "
"value in the <guilabel>Minimum RAM (MB)</guilabel> field as 2048, then on "
"selecting the image, the default flavor is <guilabel>m1.small</guilabel>."
msgstr "フレーバーは、インスタンスを起動するために選択したイメージの大きさに基づいて選択されます。例えば、イメージの作成時、<guilabel>最少メモリ (MB)</guilabel> の項目に 2048 という値を入力した場合、イメージを選択時に、デフォルトのフレーバーが <guilabel>m1.small</guilabel> になります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml95(guilabel)
msgid "Instance Count"
msgstr "インスタンス数"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"To launch multiple instances, enter a value greater than 1. The default is "
"1."
msgstr "複数のインスタンスを起動する場合、1 より大きな値を入力します。初期値は 1 です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml100(guilabel)
msgid "Instance Boot Source"
msgstr "インスタンスのブートソース"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml101(para)
msgid "Your options are:"
msgstr "以下のオプションがあります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml104(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from image"
msgstr "イメージから起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Image Name</guilabel> "
"displays. You can select the image from the list."
msgstr "このオプションを選択する場合、<guilabel>イメージ名</guilabel>の新項目が表示されます。この一覧からイメージを選択できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml110(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from snapshot"
msgstr "スナップショットから起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml111(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Instance "
"Snapshot</guilabel> displays. You can select the snapshot from the list."
msgstr "このオプションを選択する場合、<guilabel>インスタンスのスナップショット</guilabel>の新項目が表示されます。この一覧からスナップショットを選択できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml116(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from volume"
msgstr "ボリュームから起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml117(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Volume</guilabel> "
"displays. You can select the volume from the list."
msgstr "このオプションを選択する場合、<guilabel>ボリューム</guilabel>の新項目が表示されます。この一覧からボリュームを選択できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml122(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from image (creates a new volume)"
msgstr "イメージから起動 (新しいボリュームを作成)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml123(para)
msgid ""
"With this option, you can boot from an image and create a volume by entering"
" the <guilabel>Device Size</guilabel> and <guilabel>Device Name</guilabel> "
"for your volume. Click the <guilabel>Delete on Terminate</guilabel> option "
"to delete the volume on terminating the instance."
msgstr "このオプションを使用する場合、ボリュームの<guilabel>デバイス容量</guilabel>と<guilabel>デバイス名</guilabel>を入力して、イメージから起動し、ボリュームを作成できます。インスタンスの終了時に、ボリュームを削除する場合、<guilabel>終了時に削除</guilabel>オプションをクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml131(guilabel)
msgid "Boot from volume snapshot (creates a new volume)"
msgstr "ボリュームのスナップショットから起動 (新しいボリュームを作成)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"Using this option, you can boot from a volume snapshot and create a new "
"volume by choosing <guilabel>Volume Snapshot</guilabel> from a list and "
"adding a <guilabel>Device Name</guilabel> for your volume. Click the "
"<guilabel>Delete on Terminate</guilabel> option to delete the volume on "
"terminating the instance."
msgstr "このオプションを使用する場合、<guilabel>ボリュームのスナップショット</guilabel>を一覧から選択し、ボリュームの<guilabel>デバイス名</guilabel>を追加することにより、ボリュームのスナップショットから起動し、新しいボリュームを作成できます。インスタンスの終了時に、ボリュームを削除する場合、<guilabel>終了時に削除</guilabel>オプションをクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml142(para)
msgid ""
"Since you are launching an instance from an image, <guilabel>Boot from "
"image</guilabel> is chosen by default."
msgstr "イメージからインスタンスを起動するため、<guilabel>イメージから起動</guilabel>が初めから選択されています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml148(guilabel)
msgid "Image Name"
msgstr "イメージ名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml149(para)
msgid ""
"This field changes based on your previous selection. Since you have chosen "
"to launch an instance using an image, the <guilabel>Image Name</guilabel> "
"field displays. Select the image name from the dropdown list."
msgstr "この項目は、前に選択したものに依存して変化します。イメージを使用してインスタンスを起動することを選択した場合、<guilabel>イメージ名</guilabel>の項目が表示されます。ドロップダウンリストからイメージ名を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml156(guilabel)
msgid "Access &amp; Security"
msgstr "アクセスとセキュリティ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml160(guilabel)
msgid "Keypair"
msgstr "キーペア"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml161(para)
msgid "Specify a key pair."
msgstr "キーペアを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml162(para)
msgid ""
"If the image uses a static root password or a static key set (neither is "
"recommended), you do not need to provide a key pair to launch the instance."
msgstr "イメージが固定の root パスワードまたは固定のキーセットを使用する場合 (どちらも推奨されません)、インスタンスを起動するためにキーペアを提供する必要がありません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml167(guilabel)
msgid "Security Groups"
msgstr "セキュリティグループ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml168(para)
msgid "Activate the security groups that you want to assign to the instance."
msgstr "インスタンスに割り当てたいセキュリティグループを有効化します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"Security groups are a kind of cloud firewall that define which incoming "
"network traffic is forwarded to instances. For details, see <xref "
"linkend=\"security_groups_add_rule\"/>."
msgstr "セキュリティグループはある種のクラウドファイアウォールです。どの入力ネットワーク通信がインスタンスに転送されるのかを定義します。詳細は<xref linkend=\"security_groups_add_rule\"/>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml174(para)
msgid ""
"If you have not created any security groups, you can assign only the default"
" security group to the instance."
msgstr "セキュリティグループを何も作成していなければ、標準のセキュリティグループのみをインスタンスに割り当てられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml179(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml7(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml7(title)
msgid "Networking"
msgstr "ネットワーク"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml182(guilabel)
msgid "Selected Networks"
msgstr "選択済みネットワーク"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml183(para)
msgid ""
"To add a network to the instance, click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> in the "
"<guilabel>Available Networks</guilabel> field."
msgstr "インスタンスにネットワークを追加するために、<guilabel>利用可能なネットワーク</guilabel>欄にある <guibutton>+</guibutton> をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml189(guilabel)
msgid "Post-Creation"
msgstr "作成後"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml192(guilabel)
msgid "Customization Script"
msgstr "カスタマイズ・スクリプト"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml193(para)
msgid "Specify a customization script that runs after your instance launches."
msgstr "インスタンスの起動後に実行するカスタマイズスクリプトを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml197(guilabel)
msgid "Advanced Options"
msgstr "高度な設定"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml200(guilabel)
msgid "Disk Partition"
msgstr "ディスクパーティション"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml201(para)
msgid "Select the type of disk partition from the dropdown list."
msgstr "ドロップダウンリストからディスクパーティションの種類を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml205(guilabel)
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "自動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml207(para)
msgid "Entire disk is single partition and automatically resizes."
msgstr "ディスク全体が単一パーティションになり、自動的にリサイズされます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml211(guilabel)
msgid "Manual"
msgstr "手動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml213(para)
msgid "Faster build times but requires manual partitioning."
msgstr "構築時間は早いですが、手動でパーティション作成する必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml232(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>起動</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml233(para)
msgid "The instance starts on a compute node in the cloud."
msgstr "インスタンスがクラウドのコンピュートノードで起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml236(para)
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>Instances</guilabel> tab shows the instance's name, its "
"private and public IP addresses, size, status, task, and power state."
msgstr "<guilabel>インスタンス</guilabel>タブに、インスタンス名、プライベート IP アドレス、パブリック IP アドレス、大きさ、状態、処理、電源状態が表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml239(para)
msgid ""
"If you did not provide a key pair, security groups, or rules, users can "
"access the instance only from inside the cloud through VNC. Even pinging the"
" instance is not possible without an ICMP rule configured. To access the "
"instance through a VNC console, see <xref linkend=\"instance_console\"/>."
msgstr "キーペア、セキュリティグループ、ルールなどを指定していない場合、ユーザーは VNC 経由でクラウドの中からのみインスタンスにアクセスできます。ICMP のルールを設定していなければ、インスタンスに ping できないでしょう。VNC コンソールからインスタンスにアクセスする方法は、<xref linkend=\"instance_console\"/>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml7(title)
msgid "Upload and manage images"
msgstr "イメージのアップロードと管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"A virtual machine image, referred to in this document simply as an image, is"
" a single file that contains a virtual disk that has a bootable operating "
"system installed on it. Images are used to create virtual machine instances "
"within the cloud. For information about creating image files, see the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/image-guide/content/\"><citetitle>OpenStack"
" Virtual Machine Image Guide</citetitle></link>."
msgstr "仮想マシンイメージは、このドキュメントでは単にイメージと言いますが、そこにインストールされたブート可能なオペレーティングシステムを持つ仮想ディスクを含む単一のファイルです。イメージは、クラウド内で仮想マシンインスタンスを作成するために使用されます。イメージファイルの作成に関する詳細は、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/image-guide/content/\"><citetitle>OpenStack Virtual Machine Image Guide</citetitle></link> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on your role, you may have permission to upload and manage virtual"
" machine images. Operators might restrict the upload and management of "
"images to cloud administrators or operators only. If you have the "
"appropriate privileges, you can use the dashboard to upload and manage "
"images in the <guilabel>admin</guilabel> project."
msgstr "お使いのロールに応じて、仮想マシンイメージをアップロード、管理する権限があるかもしれません。運用者は、イメージのアップロードや管理をクラウド管理者や運用者のみに制限するかもしれません。適切な権限を持っていれば、ダッシュボードの <guilabel>admin</guilabel> プロジェクトで、イメージをアップロードおよび管理できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use the <placeholder-1/> and <placeholder-2/> command-line "
"clients or the Image Service and Compute APIs to manage images. See <xref "
"linkend=\"cli_manage_images\"/>."
msgstr "イメージを管理するために、<placeholder-1/> と <placeholder-2/> コマンドラインクライアントまたは Image Service API と Compute API を使用することもできます。<xref linkend=\"cli_manage_images\"/>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml29(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml102(title)
msgid "Upload an image"
msgstr "イメージのアップロード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml30(para)
msgid "Follow this procedure to upload an image to a project."
msgstr "イメージをプロジェクトにアップロードするために、この手順に従います。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml34(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml160(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml207(para)
msgid "Log in to the dashboard."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml37(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml163(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml210(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml217(para)
msgid ""
"From the <guilabel>CURRENT PROJECT</guilabel> on the "
"<guilabel>Project</guilabel> tab, select the appropriate project."
msgstr "<guilabel>プロジェクト</guilabel>タブの<guilabel>現在のプロジェクト</guilabel>から、適切なプロジェクトを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml42(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml168(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml214(para)
msgid ""
"On the <guilabel>Project</guilabel> tab, click <guilabel>Images</guilabel>."
msgstr "<guilabel>プロジェクト</guilabel> タブで、<guilabel>イメージ</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml46(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml149(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Image</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>イメージの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml47(para)
msgid "The Create An Image dialog box appears."
msgstr "「イメージの作成」ダイアログボックスが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml50(para)
msgid "Enter the following values:"
msgstr "以下の値を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml57(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml136(guilabel)
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名前"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml60(para)
msgid "Enter a name for the image."
msgstr "イメージの名前を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml65(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml144(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml21(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml67(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml141(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml335(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml376(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml460(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml26(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml44(guilabel)
msgid "Description"
msgstr "説明"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml68(para)
msgid "Optionally, enter a brief description of the image."
msgstr "オプションとして、イメージの簡単な説明を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml74(guilabel)
msgid "Image Source"
msgstr "イメージソース"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"Choose the image source from the list. Your choices are <guilabel>Image "
"Location</guilabel> and <guilabel>Image File</guilabel>."
msgstr "一覧からイメージのソースを選択します。<guilabel>イメージの場所</guilabel>と<guilabel>イメージファイル</guilabel>を選択できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml84(para)
msgid "<guilabel>Image File</guilabel> or <guilabel>Image Location</guilabel>"
msgstr "<guilabel>イメージファイル</guilabel>または<guilabel>イメージの場所</guilabel>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"Based on your selection for <guilabel>Image Source</guilabel>, you either "
"enter the location URL of the image in the <guilabel>Image "
"Location</guilabel> field. or browse to the image file on your system and "
"add it."
msgstr "<guilabel>イメージのソース</guilabel>の選択内容に応じて、<guilabel>イメージの場所</guilabel>の項目にイメージの URL を入力するか、お使いのシステムにあるイメージファイルを参照して追加します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml98(guilabel)
msgid "Format"
msgstr "形式"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml101(para)
msgid "Select the correct format (for example, QCOW2) for the image."
msgstr "イメージの適切な形式 (例: QCOW2) を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml108(guilabel)
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "アーキテクチャー"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml112(para)
msgid ""
"Specify the architecture. For example, <literal>i386</literal> for a 32-bit "
"architecture or <literal>x86_64</literal> for a 64-bit architecture."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml119(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Minimum Disk (GB)</guilabel> and <guilabel>Minimum RAM "
"(MB)</guilabel>"
msgstr "<guilabel>最小ディスク (GB)</guilabel> および<guilabel>最小メモリ (MB)</guilabel>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml123(para)
msgid "Leave these optional fields empty."
msgstr "これらのオプション項目を空白のままにします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml128(guilabel)
msgid "Public"
msgstr "パブリック"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml131(para)
msgid ""
"Select this check box to make the image public to all users with access to "
"the current project."
msgstr "現在のプロジェクトにアクセス権を持つすべてのユーザーにイメージを公開する場合、このチェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml138(guilabel)
msgid "Protected"
msgstr "保護"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"Select this check box to ensure that only users with permissions can delete "
"the image."
msgstr "権限を持つユーザーのみがこのイメージを削除できるようにする場合、このチェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml150(para)
msgid ""
"The image is queued to be uploaded. It might take some time before the "
"status changes from Queued to Active."
msgstr "イメージがアップロードのためにキューに入れられます。ステータスが Queued  から Active に変更されるまでに少し時間がかかるかもしれません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml156(title)
msgid "Update an image"
msgstr "イメージの更新"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml157(para)
msgid "Follow this procedure to update an existing image."
msgstr "既存のイメージを更新する場合、この手順を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml172(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml226(para)
msgid "Select the image that you want to edit."
msgstr "編集したいイメージを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, click <guilabel>More</guilabel> "
"and then select <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> from the list."
msgstr "<guilabel>アクション</guilabel>列の<guilabel>▼</guilabel>をクリックし、一覧から<guilabel>編集</guilabel>を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml183(para)
msgid "Change the name of the image."
msgstr "イメージの名前を変更します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml186(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <guilabel>Public</guilabel> check box to make the image public."
msgstr "イメージをパブリックにするために、<guilabel>パブリック</guilabel>チェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"Clear the <guilabel>Public</guilabel> check box to make the image private."
msgstr "イメージをプライベートにするために、<guilabel>パブリック</guilabel>チェックボックスを選択解除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml180(para)
msgid ""
"In the Update Image dialog box, you can perform the following actions: "
"<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "イメージの更新ダイアログボックスで、以下の操作を実行できます: <placeholder-1/>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml196(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Update Image</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>イメージの更新</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml201(title)
msgid "Delete an image"
msgstr "イメージの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml202(para)
msgid ""
"Deletion of images is permanent and <emphasis "
"role=\"bold\">cannot</emphasis> be reversed. Only users with the appropriate"
" permissions can delete images."
msgstr "イメージの削除は、永続的であり、元に戻せ<emphasis role=\"bold\">ません</emphasis>。適切なパーミッションを持つユーザーのみが、イメージを削除できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml218(para)
msgid "Select the images that you want to delete."
msgstr "削除したいイメージを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml221(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Delete Images</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>イメージの削除</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml224(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Confirm Delete Image</guilabel> dialog box, click "
"<guibutton>Delete Images</guibutton> to confirm the deletion."
msgstr "<guilabel>イメージの削除の確認</guilabel>ダイアログボックスで、削除を確認するために<guibutton>イメージの削除</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml7(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml8(title)
msgid "Create and manage databases"
msgstr "データベースの作成と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml9(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"The Database service provides scalable and reliable cloud provisioning "
"functionality for both relational and non-relational database engines. Users"
" can quickly and easily use database features without the burden of handling"
" complex administrative tasks."
msgstr "Database は、リレーショナルデータベースと非リレーショナルデータベースの両方のエンジン向けにスケール可能な信頼できるクラウド展開機能を提供します。ユーザーは、複雑な管理作業を実行することなく、迅速かつ容易にデータベース機能を利用できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml11(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml157(title)
msgid "Create a database instance"
msgstr "データベースインスタンスの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml13(title)
msgid "Prerequisites"
msgstr "前提"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Before you create a database instance, you need to configure a default "
"datastore and make sure you have an appropriate flavor for the type of "
"database instance you want."
msgstr "データベースインスタンスを作成する前に、デフォルトのデータストアを設定する必要があります。また、使用したいデータベースインスタンスの種類に応じた適切なフレーバーが必ず必要になります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml18(title)
msgid "Configure a default datastore."
msgstr "デフォルトのデータストアを設定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"Because the dashboard does not let you choose a specific datastore to use "
"with an instance, you need to configure a default datastore. The dashboard "
"then uses the default datastore to create the instance."
msgstr "ダッシュボードは、インスタンスで使用する特定のデータストアを選択できないため、デフォルトのデータストアを設定する必要があります。そして、ダッシュボードは、インスタンスを作成するためにデフォルトのデータストアを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml22(para)
msgid "Add the following line to <filename>/etc/trove/trove.conf</filename>:"
msgstr "以下の行を <filename>/etc/trove/trove.conf</filename> に追加します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml23(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml630(replaceable)
msgid "DATASTORE_NAME"
msgstr "DATASTORE_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"Replace <replaceable>DATASTORE_NAME</replaceable> with the name that the "
"administrative user set when issuing the <placeholder-1/> command to create "
"the datastore. You can use the trove <placeholder-2/> command to display the"
" datastores that are available in your environment."
msgstr "データストアを作成するために <placeholder-1/> コマンドを実行するときに、設定する管理ユーザーで <replaceable>DATASTORE_NAME</replaceable> を置き換えます。trove <placeholder-2/> コマンドを使用して、お使いの環境で利用できるデータストアを表示できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if your MySQL datastore name is set to "
"<literal>mysql</literal>, your entry would look like this:"
msgstr "例えば、MySQL データストアの名前が <literal>mysql</literal> に設定されている場合、このようになるでしょう。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml29(para)
msgid "Restart Database services on the controller node:"
msgstr "コントローラーノードで Database のサービスを再起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml37(title)
msgid "Verify flavor."
msgstr "フレーバーを検証します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml38(para)
msgid ""
"Make sure an <link linkend=\"create_db\">appropriate flavor exists</link> "
"for the type of database instance you want."
msgstr "使用したいデータベースインスタンスの種類に応じた<link linkend=\"create_db\">適切なフレーバーが存在</link>することを確認してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml42(title)
msgid "Create database instance"
msgstr "データベースインスタンスの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"Once you have configured a default datastore and verified that you have an "
"appropriate flavor, you can create a database instance."
msgstr "デフォルトのデータストアを設定し、適切なフレーバーがきちんとあると、データベースインスタンスを作成できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml47(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml121(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml161(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml185(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml203(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Databases</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>データベース</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guilabel>Database Instances</guilabel>. This lists the instances that"
" already exist in your environment."
msgstr "<guilabel>データベースインスタンス</guilabel>をクリックします。お使いの環境にあるインスタンスが一覧表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml53(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Launch Instance</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>インスタンスの起動</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml56(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Launch Database</guilabel> dialog box, specify the "
"following values."
msgstr "<guilabel>データベースの起動</guilabel>ダイアログボックスに以下の値を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml67(guilabel)
msgid "Database Name"
msgstr "データベース名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml68(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the database instance."
msgstr "データベースインスタンスの名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml72(para)
msgid "Select an appropriate flavor for the instance."
msgstr "インスタンスに応じた適切なフレーバーを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml75(guilabel)
msgid "Volume Size"
msgstr "ボリュームサイズ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml76(para)
msgid "Select a volume size. Volume size is expressed in GB."
msgstr "ボリューム容量を選択します。ボリューム容量は GB 単位で表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml80(guilabel)
msgid "Initialize Databases"
msgstr "データベースの初期化"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml83(guilabel)
msgid "Initial Database"
msgstr "初期データベース"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml85(para)
msgid ""
"Optionally provide a comma separated list of databases to create, for "
"example:"
msgstr "オプションとして、作成するデータベースの一覧を CSV で指定します。例えば、"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml86(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>database1</literal>, <literal>database2</literal>, "
"<literal>database3</literal>"
msgstr "<literal>database1</literal>, <literal>database2</literal>, <literal>database3</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml90(guilabel)
msgid "Initial Admin User"
msgstr "最初の管理ユーザー"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"Create an initial admin user. This user will have access to all the "
"databases you create."
msgstr "初期管理ユーザーを作成します。このユーザーは、作成するすべてのデータベースにアクセスできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml94(guilabel)
msgid "Password"
msgstr "パスワード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml95(para)
msgid ""
"Specify a password associated with the initial admin user you just named."
msgstr "名前をつけた初期管理ユーザーのパスワードを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml98(guilabel)
msgid "Host"
msgstr "ホスト"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml99(para)
msgid ""
"Optionally, allow the user to connect only from this host. If you do not "
"specify a host, this user will be allowed to connect from anywhere."
msgstr "オプションとして、ユーザーがこのホストのみから接続できるようになります。ホストを指定しない場合、このユーザーはどこからでも接続できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <guibutton>Launch</guibutton> button. The new database instance "
"appears in the databases list."
msgstr "<guibutton>起動</guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。新しいデータベースインスタンスがデータベース一覧に表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml110(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml243(title)
msgid "Backup and restore a database"
msgstr "データベースのバックアップとリストア"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml111(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml244(para)
msgid ""
"You can use Database services to backup a database and store the backup "
"artifact in the Object Storage module. Later on, if the original database is"
" damaged, you can use the backup artifact to restore the database. The "
"restore process creates a database instance."
msgstr "データベースをバックアップし、Object Storage にバックアップを保存するために、Database を使用できます。後から、元のデータベースが破壊された場合、データベースをリストアするために、バックアップを使用できます。リストア処理は、データベースインスタンスを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml114(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml247(para)
msgid "This example shows you how to back up and restore a MySQL database."
msgstr "この例は、MySQL データベースをバックアップし、リストアする方法を示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml116(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml249(title)
msgid "To backup and restore a database"
msgstr "データベースのバックアップとリストアの方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml118(title)
msgid "Backup the database instance."
msgstr "データベースインスタンスをバックアップします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml124(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml188(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml206(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guilabel>Database Instances</guilabel>. This displays the existing "
"instances in your system."
msgstr "<guilabel>データベースインスタンス</guilabel>をクリックします。お使いのシステムに存在するインスタンスが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml127(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Backup</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>バックアップの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml130(para)
msgid "In the Backup Database dialog box, specify the following values:"
msgstr "データベースのバックアップダイアログボックスに以下の値を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml137(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the backup."
msgstr "バックアップの名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml140(guilabel)
msgid "Database Instance"
msgstr "データベースインスタンス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml141(para)
msgid "Select the instance you want to back up."
msgstr "バックアップしたいインスタンスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml145(para)
msgid "Specify an optional description."
msgstr "オプションとして説明を記入します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml151(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>Backup</guibutton>. The new backup appears in the backup "
"list."
msgstr "<guibutton>バックアップ</guibutton>をクリックします。新しいバックアップがバックアップ一覧に表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml156(title)
msgid "Restore a database instance."
msgstr "データベースインスタンスをリストアします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml157(para)
msgid ""
"Now assume that your original database instance is damaged and you need to "
"restore it. You do the restore by using your backup to create a new database"
" instance."
msgstr "ここで、元々のデータベースインスタンスが破損し、リストアする必要があると仮定します。新しいデータベースインスタンスを作成するために、バックアップを用いてリストアします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml164(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guilabel>Database Backups</guilabel>. This lists the available "
"backups."
msgstr "<guilabel>データベースのバックアップ</guilabel>をクリックします。利用可能なバックアップが一覧表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml167(para)
msgid ""
"Check the backup you want to use and click <guibutton>Restore "
"Backup</guibutton>."
msgstr "使用したいバックアップを確認し、<guibutton>バックアップのリストア</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Launch Database</guilabel> dialog box, specify the <link "
"linkend=\"dashboard_create_db_instance\">values you want to use for the new "
"database instance</link>. Click the <guilabel>Restore From "
"Database</guilabel> tab and make sure that this new instance is based on the"
" correct backup."
msgstr "<guilabel>データベースの起動</guilabel>ダイアログボックスに、<link linkend=\"dashboard_create_db_instance\">新しいデータベースインスタンスに使用したい値</link>を指定します。<guilabel>データベースからのリストア</guilabel>タブをクリックし、この新しいインスタンスが適切なバックアップに基づいていることを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml173(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>Launch</guibutton>. The new instance appears in the "
"database instances list."
msgstr "<guibutton>起動</guibutton>をクリックします。新しいインスタンスがデータベースインスタンス一覧に表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml180(title)
msgid "Update a database instance"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml181(para)
msgid ""
"You can change various characteristics of a database instance, such as its "
"volume size and flavor."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml183(title)
msgid "To change the volume size of an instance"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml191(para)
msgid ""
"Check the instance you want to work with. In the "
"<guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, expand the drop down menu and select "
"<guilabel>Resize Volume</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml194(para)
msgid ""
"In the Resize Database Volume dialog box, fill in the <guilabel>New "
"Size</guilabel> field with an integer indicating the new size you want for "
"the instance. Express the size in GB, and note that the new size must be "
"larger than the current size."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml197(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Resize Database Volume</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml201(title)
msgid "To change the flavor of an instance"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml209(para)
msgid ""
"Check the instance you want to work with. In the "
"<guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, expand the drop down menu and select "
"<guilabel>Resize Instance</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml212(para)
msgid ""
"In the Resize Database Instance dialog box, expand the drop down menu in the"
" <guilabel>New Flavor</guilabel> field. Select the new flavor you want for "
"the instance."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml215(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Resize Database Instance</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml7(title)
msgid "Measure cloud resources"
msgstr "クラウドのリソースの測定"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Telemetry measures cloud resources in OpenStack. It collects data related to"
" billing. Currently, this metering service is available through only the "
"<placeholder-1/> command-line client."
msgstr "Telemetry は、OpenStack にあるクラウドリソースを計測します。課金に関連するデータを収集します。現在、このメータリングサービスは、<placeholder-1/> コマンドラインクライアントを通してのみ利用可能です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml10(para)
msgid "To model data, Telemetry uses the following abstractions:"
msgstr "データをモデル化するために、Telemetry は以下の抽象化を使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml13(emphasis)
msgid "Meter"
msgstr "メーター"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Measures a specific aspect of resource usage, such as the existence of a "
"running instance, or ongoing performance, such as the CPU utilization for an"
" instance. Meters exist for each type of resource. For example, a separate "
"<literal>cpu_util</literal> meter exists for each instance. The life cycle "
"of a meter is decoupled from the existence of its related resource. The "
"meter persists after the resource goes away."
msgstr "リソース使用状況の具体的な側面を測定します。実行中のインスタンス数、インスタンスの CPU 使用率などのパフォーマンスなどがあります。メーターはリソースの各種別向けに存在します。例えば、それぞれの <literal>cpu_util</literal> メーターが各インスタンス向けに存在します。メーターのライフサイクルは、それに関連するリソースの存在と切り離されています。メーターは、リソースの消滅後も存在します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml25(para)
msgid "A meter has the following attributes:"
msgstr "メーターは以下の属性を持ちます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml28(para)
msgid "String name"
msgstr "名称文字列"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml31(para)
msgid "A unit of measurement"
msgstr "測定単位"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"A type, which indicates whether values increase monotonically (cumulative), "
"are interpreted as a change from the previous value (delta), or are stand-"
"alone and relate only to the current duration (gauge)"
msgstr "種別。値が単調に増加するか (cumulative)、前の値からの変更量として解釈されるか (delta)、単独の値として現在の測定間隔のみであるか (gauge) を意味します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml42(emphasis)
msgid "Sample"
msgstr "サンプル"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml44(para)
msgid ""
"An individual data point that is associated with a specific meter. A sample "
"has the same attributes as the associated meter, with the addition of time "
"stamp and value attributes. The value attribute is also known as the sample "
"<emphasis role=\"italic\">volume</emphasis>."
msgstr "このデータは、特定のメーターに関連づけられた値を示します。サンプルは、関連づけられたメーターと同じ属性を持ち、タイムスタンプと値の属性も持ちます。値の属性は、サンプル<emphasis role=\"italic\">ボリューム</emphasis>としても知られています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml50(emphasis)
msgid "Statistic"
msgstr "統計"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"A set of data point aggregates over a time duration. (In contrast, a sample "
"represents a single data point.) The Telemetry service employs the following"
" aggregation functions:"
msgstr "データ群は、一定時間継続後に集約されます。（対照的に、サンプルはある単一のデータ点を表します。）Telemetry は、以下の集約関数を利用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml56(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">count</emphasis>. The number of samples in each "
"period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">数量</emphasis>。各期間のサンプル数。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml61(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">max</emphasis>. The maximum number of sample volumes"
" in each period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">最大</emphasis>。各期間の最大サンプルボリューム数。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml66(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">min</emphasis>. The minimum number of sample volumes"
" in each period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">最小</emphasis>。各期間の最小サンプルボリューム数。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml71(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">avg</emphasis>. The average of sample volumes over "
"each period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">平均</emphasis>。各期間の平均サンプルボリューム数。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml76(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">sum</emphasis>. The sum of sample volumes over each "
"period."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">合計</emphasis>。各期間の合計サンプルボリューム数。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml84(emphasis)
msgid "Alarm"
msgstr "アラーム"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml86(para)
msgid ""
"A set of rules that define a monitor and a current state, with edge-"
"triggered actions associated with target states. Alarms provide user-"
"oriented Monitoring-as-a-Service and a general purpose utility for "
"OpenStack. Orchestration auto scaling is a typical use case. Alarms follow a"
" tristate model of <literal>ok</literal>, <literal>alarm</literal>, and "
"<literal>insufficient data</literal>. For conventional threshold-oriented "
"alarms, a static threshold value and comparison operator govern state "
"transitions. The comparison operator compares a selected meter statistic "
"against an evaluation window of configurable length into the recent past."
msgstr "監視項目と現在の状態を定義する一連のルール。指定した状態に関連づけられたエッジトリガー方式のアクションを持ちます。アラームは、ユーザー指向の Monitoring-as-a-Service、OpenStack の汎用的なユーティリティを提供します。アラートは、<literal>ok</literal>、<literal>alarm</literal>、<literal>insufficient data</literal> の 3 つの状態を持ちます。伝統的な閾値によるアラームのために、静的な閾値と比較演算子により、状態を遷移させられます。比較演算子は、選択したメーターの統計値を比較します。この比較間隔は、最近の範囲で設定可能な長さです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"This example uses the <placeholder-1/> client to create an auto-scaling "
"stack and the <placeholder-2/> client to measure resources."
msgstr "この例は、オートスケールするスタックを作成するために <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用し、リソースを計測するために <placeholder-2/> クライアントを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml102(para)
msgid ""
"Create an auto-scaling stack by running the following command. The "
"<literal>-f</literal> option specifies the name of the stack template file, "
"and the <literal>-P</literal> option specifies the "
"<literal>KeyName</literal> parameter as <literal>heat_key</literal>."
msgstr "以下のコマンドを実行して、オートスケールするスタックを作成します。<literal>-f</literal> オプションは、スタックテンプレートファイルの名前を指定します。<literal>-P</literal> オプションは、<literal>KeyName</literal> パラメーターを <literal>heat_key</literal> に指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml108(para)
msgid "List the heat resources that were created:"
msgstr "作成された heat リソースを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml125(para)
msgid "List the alarms that are set:"
msgstr "設定されたアラームを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml135(para)
msgid "List the meters that are set:"
msgstr "設定されたメーターを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml146(para)
msgid "List samples:"
msgstr "サンプルを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml155(para)
msgid "View statistics:"
msgstr "使用状況を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml8(title)
msgid "OpenStack command-line interface cheat sheet"
msgstr "OpenStack CLI チートシート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"The following tables give a quick reference of the most used command-line "
"commands."
msgstr "以下の表は、よく使われるコマンドの簡単なリファレンスです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml16(caption)
msgid "Identity (keystone)"
msgstr "Identity (keystone)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml22(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml68(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml142(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml336(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml377(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml461(th)
msgid "Command"
msgstr "コマンド"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml27(td)
msgid "List all users"
msgstr "すべてのユーザーの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml33(td)
msgid "List Identity service catalog"
msgstr "Identity サービスカタログの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml39(td)
msgid "List all services in service catalog"
msgstr "サービスカタログにある全サービスの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml45(td)
msgid "Create new user"
msgstr "新しいユーザーの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml47(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml54(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml187(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml216(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml223(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml229(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml235(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml241(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml247(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml253(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml254(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml260(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml268(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml275(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml343(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml387(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml630(replaceable)
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml47(replaceable)
msgid "TENANT"
msgstr "TENANT"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable)
msgid "EMAIL"
msgstr "EMAIL"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable)
msgid "BOOL"
msgstr "BOOL"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml52(td)
msgid "Create new tenant"
msgstr "新しいテナントの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml54(replaceable)
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "DESCRIPTION"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml62(caption)
msgid "Image Service (glance)"
msgstr "Image Service (glance)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml73(td)
msgid "List images you can access"
msgstr "アクセス可能なイメージの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml79(td)
msgid "Delete specified image"
msgstr "指定したイメージの"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml81(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml87(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml93(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml268(replaceable)
msgid "IMAGE"
msgstr "IMAGE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml85(td)
msgid "Describe a specific image"
msgstr "指定したイメージの詳細表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml91(td)
msgid "Update image"
msgstr "イメージの更新"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml97(th)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml8(title)
msgid "Manage images"
msgstr "イメージの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml100(td)
msgid "Kernel image"
msgstr "カーネルイメージ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml108(td)
msgid "RAM image"
msgstr "RAM イメージ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml116(td)
msgid "Three-part image"
msgstr "3 分割イメージ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml125(td)
msgid "Register raw image"
msgstr "raw イメージの登録"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml136(caption)
msgid "Compute (nova)"
msgstr "Compute (nova)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml147(td)
msgid "List instances, notice status of instance"
msgstr "インスタンス、その状態の一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml153(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml12(title)
msgid "List images"
msgstr "イメージの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml159(td)
msgid "List flavors"
msgstr "フレーバーの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml165(td)
msgid "Boot an instance using flavor and image names (if names are unique)"
msgstr "フレーバーとイメージ名 (名前が一意な場合) を用いたインスタンスの起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml260(replaceable)
msgid "FLAVOR"
msgstr "FLAVOR"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml173(td)
msgid "Login to instance"
msgstr "インスタンスへのログイン"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable)
msgid "NETNS_NAME"
msgstr "NETNS_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable)
msgid "USER"
msgstr "USER"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml179(para)
msgid ""
"Note, in CirrOS the password for user <literal>cirros</literal> is "
"\"cubswin:)\" without the quotes."
msgstr "注: CirrOS の <literal>cirros</literal> のパスワードは「cubswin:)」です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml185(td)
msgid "Show details of instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの詳細表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml192(td)
msgid "View console log of instance"
msgstr "インスタンスのコンソールログの表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml198(td)
msgid "Set metadata on an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスのメタデータの設定"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml204(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml70(title)
msgid "Create an instance snapshot"
msgstr "インスタンスのスナップショットの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml211(th)
msgid "Pause, suspend, stop, rescue, resize, rebuild, reboot an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの一時停止、休止、停止、レスキュー、リサイズ、再作成、リブート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml214(td)
msgid "Pause"
msgstr "一時停止"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml221(td)
msgid "Unpause"
msgstr "一時停止解除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml227(td)
msgid "Suspend"
msgstr "休止"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml233(td)
msgid "Unsuspend"
msgstr "休止解除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml239(td)
msgid "Stop"
msgstr "停止"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml245(td)
msgid "Start"
msgstr "開始"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml251(td)
msgid "Rescue"
msgstr "レスキュー"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml254(replaceable)
msgid "RESCUE_IMAGE"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml258(td)
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "リサイズ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml266(td)
msgid "Rebuild"
msgstr "再作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml273(td)
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "リブート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml280(td)
msgid "Inject user data and files into an instance"
msgstr "ユーザーデータとファイルのインスタンスへの注入"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml282(replaceable)
msgid "FILE"
msgstr "FILE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml282(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE"
msgstr "INSTANCE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml286(para)
msgid ""
"To validate that the file is there, ssh into the instance, and look in "
"<filename>/var/lib/cloud</filename> for the file."
msgstr "ファイルが注入されたことを確認する場合、インスタンスに SSH し、<filename>/var/lib/cloud</filename> にあるファイルを探します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml292(th)
msgid ""
"Inject a keypair into an instance and access the instance with that keypair"
msgstr "インスタンスへのキーペアの注入、キーペアを用いたインスタンスへのアクセス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml296(td)
msgid "Create keypair"
msgstr "キーペアの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml303(td)
msgid "Boot"
msgstr "起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml310(td)
msgid "Use ssh to connect to the instance"
msgstr "インスタンスに接続するための SSH の利用"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml317(th)
msgid "Manage security groups"
msgstr "セキュリティグループの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml320(td)
msgid ""
"Add rules to default security group allowing ping and SSH between instances "
"in the default security group"
msgstr "default セキュリティグループでインスタンス間の ping と SSH を許可するルールの default セキュリティグループへの追加"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml330(caption)
msgid "Networking (neutron)"
msgstr "Networking (neutron)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml341(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml99(title)
msgid "Create network"
msgstr "ネットワークの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml347(td)
msgid "Create a subnet"
msgstr "サブネットの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml349(replaceable)
msgid "NETWORK_NAME"
msgstr "NETWORK_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml349(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml84(literal)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml88(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml126(literal)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml129(guilabel)
msgid "CIDR"
msgstr "CIDR"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml354(td)
msgid "List network and subnet"
msgstr "ネットワークとサブネットの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml361(td)
msgid "Examine details of network and subnet"
msgstr "ネットワークとサブネットの詳細表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml363(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml364(replaceable)
msgid "ID_OR_NAME_OF_NETWORK"
msgstr "ID_OR_NAME_OF_NETWORK"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml371(caption)
msgid "Block Storage (cinder)"
msgstr "Block Storage (cinder)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml382(th)
msgid "Manage volumes and volume snapshots"
msgstr "ボリュームとボリュームスナップショットの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml385(td)
msgid "Create a new volume"
msgstr "新しいボリュームの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml387(replaceable)
msgid "SIZE_IN_GB"
msgstr "SIZE_IN_GB"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml392(td)
msgid "Boot an instance and attach to volume"
msgstr "インスタンスの起動およびボリュームの接続"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml398(td)
msgid "List volumes, notice status of volume"
msgstr "ボリューム、その状態の一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml404(td)
msgid ""
"Attach volume to instance after instance is active, and volume is available"
msgstr "インスタンス起動後、ボリューム作成後のインスタンスへのボリュームの接続"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml407(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml216(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml287(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml381(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml402(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml413(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml431(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml483(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml508(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_ID"
msgstr "INSTANCE_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml407(replaceable)
msgid "VOLUME_ID"
msgstr "VOLUME_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml412(th)
msgid "Manage volumes after login into the instance"
msgstr "インスタンスへのログイン後のボリュームの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml415(td)
msgid "List storage devices"
msgstr "ストレージデバイスの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml421(td)
msgid "Make filesystem on volume"
msgstr "ボリュームのファイルシステムの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml427(td)
msgid "Create a mountpoint"
msgstr "マウントポイントの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml433(td)
msgid "Mount the volume at the mountpoint"
msgstr "マウントポイントへのボリュームのマウント"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml439(td)
msgid "Create a file on the volume"
msgstr "ボリュームへのファイルの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml446(td)
msgid "Unmount the volume"
msgstr "ボリュームのアンマウント"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml455(caption)
msgid "Object Storage (swift)"
msgstr "Object Storage (swift)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml466(td)
msgid "Display information for the account, container, or object"
msgstr "アカウント、コンテナー、オブジェクトの情報表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml469(replaceable)
msgid "ACCOUNT"
msgstr "ACCOUNT"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml470(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml26(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml46(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml99(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml107(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml122(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml127(replaceable)
msgid "CONTAINER"
msgstr "CONTAINER"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml471(replaceable)
msgid "OBJECT"
msgstr "OBJECT"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml475(td)
msgid "List containers"
msgstr "コンテナーの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml481(td)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml20(title)
msgid "Create a container"
msgstr "コンテナーの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml483(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml489(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml502(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml508(replaceable)
msgid "CONTAINER_NAME"
msgstr "CONTAINER_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml487(td)
msgid "Upload file to a container"
msgstr "コンテナーへのファイルのアップロード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml489(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml502(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml508(replaceable)
msgid "FILE_NAME"
msgstr "FILE_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml494(td)
msgid "List objects in container"
msgstr "コンテナーにあるオブジェクトの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml500(td)
msgid "Download object from container"
msgstr "コンテナーからのオブジェクトのダウンロード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml506(td)
msgid "Upload with chunks, for large file"
msgstr "チャンク化した大きなファイルのアップロード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml508(replaceable)
msgid "SIZE"
msgstr "SIZE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml7(title)
msgid "Create and manage object containers"
msgstr "オブジェクトコンテナーの作成と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack Object Storage provides a distributed, API-accessible storage "
"platform that can be integrated directly into an application or used to "
"store any type of file, including VM images, backups, archives, or media "
"files. In the OpenStack Dashboard, you can only manage containers and "
"objects."
msgstr "OpenStack Object Storage は、API アクセス可能な、分散ストレージプラットフォームです。アプリケーションに直接統合できます。また、仮想マシンイメージ、バックアップ、アーカイブ、メディアファイルなど、あらゆる種類のファイルを保存するために使用されます。OpenStack Dashboard では、コンテナーとオブジェクトのみを管理できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"In OpenStack Object Storage, containers provide storage for objects in a "
"manner similar to a Windows folder or Linux file directory, though they "
"cannot be nested. An object in OpenStack consists of the file to be stored "
"in the container and any accompanying metadata."
msgstr "OpenStack Object Storage では、コンテナーがオブジェクト用のストレージを提供します。Windows のフォルダーや Linux のディレクトリと同じ方法で提供されますが、入れ子構造にできません。OpenStack におけるオブジェクトは、コンテナーに保存するためのファイルと、付随するメタデータから構成されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml23(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml45(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml80(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml104(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml145(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml172(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Containers</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>コンテナー</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml27(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Container</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>コンテナーの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Container dialog box, enter a name for the container, and then"
" click <guibutton>Create Container</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml35(para)
msgid "You have successfully created a container."
msgstr "コンテナーが正常に作成されました。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a container, click the <guibutton>More</guibutton> button and "
"select <guilabel>Delete Container</guilabel>."
msgstr "コンテナーを削除する場合、<guibutton>▼</guibutton>ドロップダウンボタンをクリックし、<guilabel>コンテナーの削除</guilabel>を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml42(title)
msgid "Upload an object"
msgstr "オブジェクトのアップロード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml49(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml84(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml108(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml149(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml176(para)
msgid "Select the container in which you want to store your object."
msgstr "オブジェクトを保存したいコンテナーを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml52(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml67(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml152(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Upload Object</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>オブジェクトのアップロード</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml53(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml153(para)
msgid ""
"The Upload Object To Container: <replaceable>&lt;name&gt;</replaceable> "
"dialog box is displayed. <replaceable>&lt;name&gt;</replaceable> is the name"
" of the container to which you are uploading the object."
msgstr "コンテナーへのオブジェクトのアップロード: <replaceable>&lt;name&gt;</replaceable> ダイアログボックスが表示されます。<replaceable>&lt;name&gt;</replaceable> は、オブジェクトをアップロードするコンテナーの名前です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml60(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml160(para)
msgid "Enter a name for the object."
msgstr "オブジェクトの名前を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml63(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml91(para)
msgid "Browse to and select the file that you want to upload."
msgstr "アップロードしたいファイルを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml70(para)
msgid "You have successfully uploaded an object to the container."
msgstr "オブジェクトをコンテナーに正常にアップロードしました。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml71(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"To delete an object, click the <guibutton>More</guibutton> button and select"
" <guilabel>Delete Object</guilabel>."
msgstr "オブジェクトを削除する場合、<guibutton>▼</guibutton>ボタンをクリックし、<guilabel>オブジェクトの削除</guilabel>を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml76(title)
msgid "Manage an object"
msgstr "オブジェクトの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml78(title)
msgid "To edit an object"
msgstr "オブジェクトの編集方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml87(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>More</guibutton> and choose <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> from "
"the dropdown list."
msgstr "<guibutton>▼</guibutton>をクリックし、ドロップダウンリストから<guilabel>編集</guilabel>を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml88(para)
msgid "The Edit Object dialog box is displayed."
msgstr "オブジェクトの編集ダイアログボックスが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml94(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml163(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Update Object</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>オブジェクトの更新</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml102(title)
msgid "To copy an object from one container to another"
msgstr "コンテナーから別のコンテナーへのオブジェクトのコピー方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml111(para)
msgid ""
"Click <guibutton>More</guibutton> and choose <guilabel>Copy</guilabel> from "
"the dropdown list."
msgstr "<guibutton>▼</guibutton>をクリックし、ドロップダウンリストから<guilabel>コピー</guilabel>を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml115(para)
msgid "In the Copy Object: launch dialog box, enter the following values:"
msgstr "オブジェクトのコピー: ダイアログボックスを起動し、以下の値を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml120(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Destination Container</guilabel>: Choose the destination container"
" from the list."
msgstr "<guilabel>宛先コンテナー</guilabel>: 一覧から宛先コンテナーを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml124(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Path</guilabel>: Specify a path in which the new copy should be "
"stored inside of the selected container."
msgstr "<guilabel>パス</guilabel>: 選択したコンテナー内に保存する新規コピーのパスを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml129(para)
msgid ""
"<guilabel>Destination object name</guilabel>: Enter a name for the object in"
" the new container."
msgstr "<guilabel>宛先オブジェクト名</guilabel>: 新しいコンテナーにおけるオブジェクトの名前を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml137(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Copy Object</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>オブジェクトのコピー</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml141(title)
msgid "To create a metadata-only object without a file"
msgstr "ファイルなしのメタデータ専用オブジェクトの作成方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml142(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a new object in container without a file available and can "
"upload the file later when it is ready. This temporary object acts a place-"
"holder for a new object, and enables the user to share object metadata and "
"URL info in advance."
msgstr "利用可能なファイルを持たないコンテナーに新しいオブジェクトを作成できます。後から準備ができたときにファイルをアップロードできます。この一時的なオブジェクトは、新しいオブジェクトのプレースホルダーとして動作します。これにより、ユーザーがオブジェクトのメタデータを共有し、先に URL 情報を共有できるようになります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml167(title)
msgid "To create a pseudo-folder"
msgstr "擬似フォルダーの作成方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml168(para)
msgid ""
"Pseudo-folders are similar to folders in your desktop operating system. They"
" are virtual collections defined by a common prefix on the object's name."
msgstr "擬似フォルダーは、お使いのデスクトップオペレーティングシステムにおけるフォルダーと同じようなものです。オブジェクトの名前にある共通の接頭辞により定義される仮想的なコレクションです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml179(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Pseudo-folder</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>擬似フォルダーの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml181(para)
msgid ""
"The Create Pseudo-Folder in Container <replaceable>&lt;name&gt; "
"</replaceable> dialog box is displayed. <replaceable>&lt;name&gt; "
"</replaceable> is the name of the container to which you are uploading the "
"object."
msgstr "コンテナー <replaceable>&lt;name&gt; </replaceable> における擬似フォルダーの作成ダイアログボックスが表示されます。<replaceable>&lt;name&gt; </replaceable> は、オブジェクトをアップロードするコンテナーの名前です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml188(para)
msgid "Enter a name for the pseudo-folder."
msgstr "擬似フォルダーの名前を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"A slash (/) character is used as the delimiter for pseudo-folders in the "
"Object Store."
msgstr "スラッシュ (/) 文字がオブジェクトストアの擬似フォルダーの区切り文字として使用されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml194(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_glance.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against an Image Service endpoint"
msgstr "Image Service エンドポイントへの認証"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_glance.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against an Image Service endpoint, instantiate a <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"glanceclient/api/glanceclient.v2.client.html#glanceclient.v2.client.Client\">"
" glanceclient.v2.client.Client</link> object:"
msgstr "Image Service エンドポイントに認証するために、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-glanceclient/api/glanceclient.v2.client.html#glanceclient.v2.client.Client\"> glanceclient.v2.client.Client</link> オブジェクトのインスタンスを生成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml7(title)
msgid "Schedule objects for deletion"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"Scheduling an object for deletion is helpful for managing objects that you "
"do not want to permanently store, such as log files, recurring full backups "
"of a dataset, or documents or images that become outdated at a specified "
"future time."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"To schedule an object for deletion, include one of these headers with the or"
" request on the object:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml19(term)
msgid "X-Delete-At"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml21(para)
msgid ""
"A UNIX epoch timestamp, in integer form. For example, "
"<literal>1348691905</literal> represents <literal>Wed, 26 Sept 2012 20:38:25"
" GMT</literal>. Specifies the time when you want the object to expire, no "
"longer be served, and be deleted completely from the object store."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml31(term)
msgid "X-Delete-After"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml33(para)
msgid ""
"An integer value. Specifies the number of seconds from the time of the "
"request to when you want to delete the object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"This header is converted to an <literal>X-Delete-At</literal> header that is"
" set to the sum of the <literal>X-Delete-After</literal> value plus the "
"current time, in seconds."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml45(para)
msgid ""
"Use <link "
"href=\"http://www.epochconverter.com/\">http://www.epochconverter.com/</link>"
" to convert dates to and from epoch timestamps and for batch conversions."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"Use the method to assign expiration headers to existing objects that you "
"want to expire."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml53(title)
msgid "Delete object at specified time request"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the <literal>X-Delete-At</literal> header is assigned a "
"UNIX epoch timestamp in integer form for <literal>Mon, 11 Jun 2012 15:38:25 "
"GMT</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml57(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml11(literal)
msgid "publicURL"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml57(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml21(literal)
msgid "token"
msgstr "トークン"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml62(title)
msgid "Delete object after specified interval request"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml63(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the <code>X-Delete-After</code> header is set to 864000 "
"seconds. After this time, the object expires."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_dashboard.xml10(title)
msgid "OpenStack dashboard"
msgstr "OpenStack Dashboard"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_dashboard.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"As a cloud end user, you can use the OpenStack dashboard to provision your "
"own resources within the limits set by administrators. You can modify the "
"examples provided in this section to create other types and sizes of server "
"instances."
msgstr "あなたはクラウドのエンドユーザーとして、OpenStack Dashboard (ダッシュボード) を使用できます。管理者により設定された制限の範囲内で自身のリソースを展開できます。他の種類や大きさのサーバーインスタンスを作成するために、このセクションで提供される例を変更できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against an Identity endpoint"
msgstr "Identity エンドポイントへの認証"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against the Identity v2.0 endpoint, instantiate a <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"keystoneclient/api/keystoneclient.v2_0.client.html#keystoneclient.v2_0.client.Client\">"
" keystoneclient.v_20.client.Client</link> object:"
msgstr "Identity v2.0 エンドポイントに認証するために、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-keystoneclient/api/keystoneclient.v2_0.client.html#keystoneclient.v2_0.client.Client\"> keystoneclient.v_20.client.Client</link> オブジェクトのインスタンスを生成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"After you instantiate a <classname>Client</classname> object, you can "
"retrieve the token by accessing its <literal>auth_token</literal> attribute "
"object:"
msgstr "<classname>Client</classname> オブジェクトのインスタンスを生成した後、その <literal>auth_token</literal> 属性のオブジェクトにアクセスすることにより、トークンを取得できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"If the OpenStack cloud is configured to use public-key infrastructure (PKI) "
"tokens, the Python script output looks something like this:"
msgstr "OpenStack クラウドが PKI トークンを使用するよう設定されている場合、Python スクリプトの出力は以下のようになるでしょう。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows a subset of a PKI token. A complete token is over 5000 "
"characters long."
msgstr "この例は PKI トークンの一部分を示します。完全なトークンは 5000 文字以上です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against a Networking endpoint"
msgstr "Networking エンドポイントへの認証"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against a Networking endpoint, instantiate a "
"<classname>neutronclient.v_2_0.client.Client</classname> object:"
msgstr "Networking エンドポイントに認証するために、<classname>neutronclient.v_2_0.client.Client</classname> オブジェクトのインスタンスを生成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"You can also authenticate by explicitly specifying the endpoint and token:"
msgstr "エンドポイントとトークンを明示的に指定して、認証することもできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml11(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml7(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml7(title)
msgid "Configure access and security for instances"
msgstr "インスタンスのアクセスとセキュリティの設定"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"When you launch a virtual machine, you can inject a <emphasis "
"role=\"italic\">key pair</emphasis>, which provides SSH access to your "
"instance. For this to work, the image must contain the <literal>cloud-"
"init</literal> package."
msgstr "仮想マシンの起動時、インスタンスに SSH アクセスできるようにするための、<emphasis role=\"italic\">キーペア</emphasis>を注入できます。これを動作させるために、イメージに <literal>cloud-init</literal> パッケージをインストールしておく必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"You create at least one key pair for each project. You can use the key pair "
"for multiple instances that belong to that project. If you generate a key "
"pair with an external tool, you can import it into OpenStack."
msgstr "各プロジェクトに少なくとも 1 つのキーペアを作成します。そのプロジェクトに属する複数のインスタンスに対してそのキーペアを使用できます。外部ツールを用いてキーペアを生成した場合、OpenStack にインポートできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml20(para)
msgid ""
"If an image uses a static root password or a static key setneither is "
"recommendedyou must not provide a key pair when you launch the instance."
msgstr "イメージが固定の root パスワードまたは固定のキーセットを使用する場合、どちらも推奨されませんが、インスタンスを起動するためにキーペアを提供する必要がありません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml21(para)
msgid ""
"A <emphasis role=\"italic\">security group</emphasis> is a named collection "
"of network access rules that you use to limit the types of traffic that have"
" access to instances. When you launch an instance, you can assign one or "
"more security groups to it. If you do not create security groups, new "
"instances are automatically assigned to the default security group, unless "
"you explicitly specify a different security group."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"italic\">セキュリティグループ</emphasis> は、インスタンスへアクセスが可能なトラフィックの種別を制限するために使用するネットワークのアクセスルールを名前を付けてまとめたものです。インスタンスを起動して、1 つまたは複数のセキュリティグループをインスタンスに割り当てることができます。セキュリティグループを作成しない場合、新しいインスタンスには明示的に別のセキュリティグループを指定しない限り、自動的に Default のセキュリティグループが割り当てられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"The associated <emphasis role=\"italic\">rules</emphasis> in each security "
"group control the traffic to instances in the group. Any incoming traffic "
"that is not matched by a rule is denied access by default. You can add rules"
" to or remove rules from a security group, and you can modify rules for the "
"default and any other security group."
msgstr "セキュリティグループごとに割り当てた <emphasis role=\"italic\">ルール</emphasis> は、グループ内のインスタンスへのトラフィックを制御します。デフォルトでは、ルールと合致しない受信トラフィックは、拒否されます。セキュリティグループへルールを追加することも、セキュリティグループからルールを削除することも可能です。デフォルトのルールやその他のセキュリティグループのルールを変更することができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"You can modify the rules in a security group to allow access to instances "
"through different ports and protocols. For example, you can modify rules to "
"allow access to instances through SSH, to ping instances, or to allow UDP "
"traffic; for example, for a DNS server running on an instance. You specify "
"the following parameters for rules:"
msgstr "セキュリティグループのルールを変更して、別のポートやプロトコルからインスタンスにアクセスすることができます。例えば、SSH 経由でのインスタンスへのアクセス、ping、UDP トラフィックの許可 (例: インスタンス上で実行中の DNS) などができるようにルールを変更することができます。ルールについては以下のパラメーターを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml42(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Source of traffic</emphasis>. Enable traffic to "
"instances from either IP addresses inside the cloud from other group members"
" or from all IP addresses."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">トラフィックソース</emphasis>。クラウドの IP アドレスから、他のグループメンバーから、あるいは全 IP アドレスからインスタンスへのトラフィックを可能にします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml48(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol</emphasis>. Choose TCP for SSH, ICMP for "
"pings, or UDP."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">プロトコル</emphasis>。SSH には TCP、ping には ICMP、あるいは UDP を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Destination port on virtual machine</emphasis>. "
"Define a port range. To open a single port only, enter the same value twice."
" ICMP does not support ports; instead, you enter values to define the codes "
"and types of ICMP traffic to be allowed."
msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">仮想マシンでの宛て先ポート番号</emphasis>。ポートの範囲を定義します。ポート 1 つのみを開くには、同じ値を 2 回入力します。ICMP はポートに対応していないため、許可する ICMP トラフィックのコードおよび種別を定義する値を代わりに入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml59(para)
msgid "Rules are automatically enforced as soon as you create or modify them."
msgstr "ルールは、作成または変更後すぐに自動的に有効になります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml71(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml142(title)
msgid "Add a key pair"
msgstr "キーペアの追加"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml73(para)
msgid "You can generate a key pair or upload an existing public key."
msgstr "キーペアの生成や既存の公開鍵のアップロードが可能です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml76(para)
msgid "To generate a key pair, run the following command:"
msgstr "キーペアを生成するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml77(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml88(replaceable)
msgid "MY_KEY"
msgstr "MY_KEY"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml78(para)
msgid ""
"The command generates a key pair with the name that you specify for "
"<replaceable>KEY_NAME</replaceable>, writes the private key to the "
"<filename>.pem</filename> file that you specify, and registers the public "
"key at the Nova database."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml85(para)
msgid ""
"To set the permissions of the <filename>.pem</filename> file so that only "
"you can read and write to it, run the following command:"
msgstr "あなただけが読み書きできるよう、<filename>.pem</filename> ファイルのパーミッションを設定するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml93(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml172(title)
msgid "Import a key pair"
msgstr "キーペアのインポート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"If you have already generated a key pair and the public key is located at "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>, run the following command to upload "
"the public key:"
msgstr "すでにキーペアを生成し、公開鍵が <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename> にある場合、以下のコマンドでこの公開鍵をアップロードします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml100(para)
msgid ""
"The command registers the public key at the Nova database and names the key "
"pair the name that you specify for "
"<literal><replaceable>KEY_NAME</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr "このコマンドは、Nova データベースに公開鍵を登録して、キーペアの名前を指定した <literal><replaceable>KEY_NAME</replaceable></literal> にします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"To ensure that the key pair has been successfully imported, list key pairs "
"as follows:"
msgstr "キーペアが正常にインポートされたことを確認するために、以下のとおりキーペアを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml112(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml73(title)
msgid "Create and manage security groups"
msgstr "セキュリティグループの作成と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml115(para)
msgid ""
"To list the security groups for the current project, including descriptions,"
" enter the following command:"
msgstr "現在のプロジェクトのセキュリティグループと説明を一覧表示するために、以下のコマンドを入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml120(para)
msgid ""
"To create a security group with a specified name and description, enter the "
"following command:"
msgstr "指定された名前と説明を持つセキュリティグループを作成するために、以下のコマンドを入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml123(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml128(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml148(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml158(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml165(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml177(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml184(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml202(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml214(replaceable)
msgid "SECURITY_GROUP_NAME"
msgstr "SECURITY_GROUP_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml123(replaceable)
msgid "GROUP_DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "GROUP_DESCRIPTION"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml126(para)
msgid "To delete a specified group, enter the following command:"
msgstr "指定されたグループを削除するために、以下のコマンドを入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml130(para)
msgid ""
"You cannot delete the default security group for a project. Also, you cannot"
" delete a security group that is assigned to a running instance."
msgstr "プロジェクトの Default のセキュリティグループは削除できません。また、実行中のインスタンスに割り当てられているセキュリティグループも削除できません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml139(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml98(title)
msgid "Create and manage security group rules"
msgstr "セキュリティグループのルールの作成と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"Modify security group rules with the <placeholder-1/> commands. Before you "
"begin, source the OpenStack RC file. For details, see <xref "
"linkend=\"cli_openrc\"/>."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> コマンドを用いてセキュリティグループのルールを編集します。開始する前に、OpenStack RC ファイルを読み込みます。詳細は <xref linkend=\"cli_openrc\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml146(para)
msgid "To list the rules for a security group, run the following command:"
msgstr "セキュリティグループのルールを一覧表示するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml151(para)
msgid ""
"To allow SSH access to the instances, choose one of the following options:"
msgstr "インスタンスへの SSH 接続を許可するために、以下のオプションのどれかを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml155(para)
msgid ""
"Allow access from all IP addresses, specified as IP subnet "
"<filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> in CIDR notation:"
msgstr "CIDR 表記で IP サブネット <filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> として指定して、すべての IP アドレスからのアクセスを許可します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml161(para)
msgid ""
"Allow access only from IP addresses from other security groups (source "
"groups) to access the specified port:"
msgstr "他のセキュリティグループからの IP アドレス (ソースグループ) のみが指定したポートにアクセスできるようにします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml165(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml184(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml202(replaceable)
msgid "SOURCE_GROUP_NAME"
msgstr "SOURCE_GROUP_NAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"To allow pinging of the instances, choose one of the following options:"
msgstr "インスタンスへの ping アクセスを許可するには、以下のオプションのどれかを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml174(para)
msgid ""
"Allow pinging from all IP addresses, specified as IP subnet "
"<filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> in CIDR notation:"
msgstr "CIDR 表記で IP サブネット <filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> として指定して、すべての IP アドレスからの ping を許可します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml178(para)
msgid "This allows access to all codes and all types of ICMP traffic."
msgstr "これにより、すべてのコードとすべての種類の ICMP 通信が許可されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml181(para)
msgid ""
"Allow only members of other security groups (source groups) to ping "
"instances:"
msgstr "他のセキュリティグループ (ソースグループ) のメンバーのみがインスタンスに ping できるようにします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml189(para)
msgid ""
"To allow access through a UDP port, such as allowing access to a DNS server "
"that runs on a VM, choose one of the following options:"
msgstr "仮想マシンで実行する DNS サーバーにアクセスするなど、UDP ポート経由でのアクセスを許可するには、以下のオプションの 1 つを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml194(para)
msgid ""
"Allow UDP access from IP addresses, specified as IP subnet "
"<filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> in CIDR notation:<placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "CIDR 表記で IP サブネット <filename>0.0.0.0/0</filename> として指定して、すべての IP アドレスからの UDP アクセスを許可します。<placeholder-1/>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml199(para)
msgid ""
"Allow only IP addresses from other security groups (source groups) to access"
" the specified port:"
msgstr "他のセキュリティグループからの IP アドレス (ソースグループ) のみが指定したポートにアクセスできるようにします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml208(title)
msgid "Delete a security group rule"
msgstr "セキュリティグループのルールの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml209(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a security group rule, specify the same arguments that you used to"
" create the rule."
msgstr "セキュリティグループのルールを削除するには、ルール作成に使用したものと同じ引数を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml212(para)
msgid ""
"For example, to delete the security group rule that permits SSH access from "
"all IP addresses, run the following command."
msgstr "例えば、すべての IP アドレスからの SSH アクセスを許可するセキュリティグループルールを削除する場合、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml7(title)
msgid "Manage IP addresses"
msgstr "IP アドレスの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Each instance has a private, fixed IP address and can also have a public, or"
" floating, address. Private IP addresses are used for communication between "
"instances, and public addresses are used for communication with networks "
"outside the cloud, including the Internet."
msgstr "各インスタンスは、プライベートな固定 IP アドレスを持ちます。また、パブリックな Floating IP アドレスも持てます。プライベート IP アドレスは、インスタンス間の通信に使用されます。パブリックアドレスは、インターネットなどのクラウド外のネットワークと通信するために使用されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"When you launch an instance, it is automatically assigned a private IP "
"address that stays the same until you explicitly terminate the instance. "
"Rebooting an instance has no effect on the private IP address."
msgstr "インスタンスを起動すると、プライベート IP アドレスが割り当てられ、インスタンスを明示的に終了するまで、この IP アドレスは変わりません。インスタンスをリブートしても、プライベート IP アドレスには影響はありません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"A pool of floating IP addresses, configured by the cloud administrator, is "
"available in OpenStack Compute. The project quota defines the maximum number"
" of floating IP addresses that you can allocate to the project. After you "
"allocate a floating IP address to a project, you can:"
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスのプールは、クラウド管理者により設定され、OpenStack Compute で利用できます。プロジェクトのクォータが、プロジェクトに確保できる Floating IP アドレスの最大数を定義します。プロジェクトに Floating IP アドレスを確保した後、以下を実行できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"Associate the floating IP address with an instance of the project. Only one "
"floating IP address can be allocated to an instance at any given time."
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスをプロジェクトのインスタンスに割り当てます。Floating IP アドレスは、同時に 1 つだけインスタンスに割り当てられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml27(para)
msgid "Disassociate a floating IP address from an instance in the project."
msgstr "プロジェクトのインスタンスから Floating IP アドレスの割り当てを解除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"Delete a floating IP from the project; deleting a floating IP automatically "
"deletes that IP's associations."
msgstr "プロジェクトから Floating IP アドレスを削除します。Floating IP アドレスの削除により、その IP の割り当てが自動的に解除されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml35(para)
msgid "Use the <placeholder-1/> commands to manage floating IP addresses."
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスを管理するために、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml38(title)
msgid "List floating IP address information"
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスの情報の表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml41(para)
msgid "To list all pools that provide floating IP addresses, run:"
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスを提供するプールをすべて表示するために、以下を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml49(para)
msgid ""
"If this list is empty, the cloud administrator must configure a pool of "
"floating IP addresses."
msgstr "これが空白の場合、クラウド管理者は Floating IP アドレスのプールを設定する必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"To list all floating IP addresses that are allocated to the current project,"
" run:"
msgstr "現在のプロジェクトに確保されている、すべての Floating IP アドレスを一覧表示するために、以下を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"For each floating IP address that is allocated to the current project, the "
"command outputs the floating IP address, the ID for the instance to which "
"the floating IP address is assigned, the associated fixed IP address, and "
"the pool from which the floating IP address was allocated."
msgstr "現在のプロジェクトに確保されている各 Floating IP アドレスに対して、このコマンドは、Floating IP アドレス、Floating IP アドレスが割り当てられたインスタンスの ID、関連付けられた固定 IP アドレス、Floating IP アドレスが確保されたプールを出力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml68(title)
msgid "Associate floating IP addresses"
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスの割り当て"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml69(para)
msgid "You can assign a floating IP address to a project and to an instance."
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスをプロジェクトやインスタンスに割り当てられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"Run the following command to allocate a floating IP address to the current "
"project. By default, the floating IP address is allocated from the "
"<systemitem>public</systemitem> pool. The command outputs the allocated IP "
"address."
msgstr "現在のプロジェクトに Floating IP アドレスを確保するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。Floating IP はデフォルトで、<systemitem>public</systemitem> プールから確保されます。このコマンドは、確保した IP アドレスを出力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml82(para)
msgid ""
"If more than one IP address pool is available, you can specify the pool from"
" which to allocate the IP address, using the pool's name. For example, to "
"allocate a floating IP address from the <literal>test</literal> pool, run:"
msgstr "IP アドレスのプールが 1 つ以上利用可能な場合、どちらのプールから IP アドレスを確保するのかを、プールの名前を使用して指定します。例えば、Floating IP アドレスを <literal>test</literal> プールから確保するために、以下を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"List all project instances with which a floating IP address could be "
"associated:"
msgstr "プロジェクトのすべてのインスタンス、割り当てられた Floating IP アドレスを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml100(para)
msgid "Associate an IP address with an instance in the project, as follows:"
msgstr "以下のように、IP アドレスをプロジェクトのインスタンスに割り当てます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml101(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml129(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_NAME_OR_ID"
msgstr "INSTANCE_NAME_OR_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml101(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml129(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml133(replaceable)
msgid "FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS"
msgstr "FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml102(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml311(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml330(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml351(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml682(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml702(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml347(para)
msgid "For example:"
msgstr "例えば"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml106(para)
msgid "Notice that the instance is now associated with two IP addresses:"
msgstr "これで 2 つの IP アドレスがインスタンスに関連付けられていることに気が付くでしょう。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml114(para)
msgid ""
"After you associate the IP address and configure security group rules for "
"the instance, the instance is publicly available at the floating IP address."
msgstr "インスタンスに IP アドレスを割り当てて、セキュリティグループルールを設定してから、インスタンスを Floating IP アドレスで公開します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml116(para)
msgid ""
"If an instance is connected to multiple networks, you can associate a "
"floating IP address with a specific fixed IP address using the optional "
"<parameter>--fixed-address</parameter> parameter:"
msgstr "インスタンスが複数のネットワークに接続されている場合、オプションの <parameter>--fixed-address</parameter> パラメーターを使用して、指定した固定 IP アドレスに Floating IP アドレスを関連付けられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable)
msgid "FIXED_IP_ADDRESS"
msgstr "FIXED_IP_ADDRESS"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml125(title)
msgid "Disassociate floating IP addresses"
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスの割り当て解除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml128(para)
msgid "Release a floating IP address from an instance, as follows:"
msgstr "以下のように、Floating IP アドレスをインスタンスから割り当て解除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml132(para)
msgid "Release the floating IP address from the current project, as follows:"
msgstr "以下のとおり、現在のプロジェクトから Floating IP アドレスを解放します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml134(para)
msgid ""
"The IP address is returned to the pool of IP addresses that is available for"
" all projects. If the IP address is still associated with a running "
"instance, it is automatically disassociated from that instance."
msgstr "IP アドレスは、すべてのプロジェクトで利用できるように IP アドレスのプールに戻されます。IP アドレスが実行中のインスタンスにまだ割り当てられていると、そのインスタンスから自動的に割り当て解除されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml7(title)
msgid "Stop and start an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの停止と起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml8(para)
msgid "Use one of the following methods to stop and start an instance."
msgstr "以下の手段の 1 つを使用して、インスタンスを停止して起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml11(title)
msgid "Pause and unpause an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの一時停止と一時停止解除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml14(para)
msgid "To pause an instance, run the following command:"
msgstr "インスタンスを一時停止するには以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"This command stores the state of the VM in RAM. A paused instance continues "
"to run in a frozen state."
msgstr "このコマンドは、RAM に仮想マシンの状態を保存します。一時停止となったインスタンスは、一時停止した状態で実行が継続されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml18(para)
msgid "To unpause the instance, run the following command:"
msgstr "インスタンスを一時停止解除するには以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml24(title)
msgid "Suspend and resume an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの休止と再開"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"Administrative users might want to suspend an instance if it is infrequently"
" used or to perform system maintenance. When you suspend an instance, its VM"
" state is stored on disk, all memory is written to disk, and the virtual "
"machine is stopped. Suspending an instance is similar to placing a device in"
" hibernation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml33(para)
msgid ""
"Suspending an instance will not free allocated memory or virtual CPU "
"resources. To release them, delete the instance."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml37(para)
msgid ""
"To initiate a hypervisor-level suspend operation, run the following command:"
msgstr "ハイパーバイザーレベルの休止操作を開始するには、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml42(para)
msgid "To resume a suspended instance, run the following command:"
msgstr "休止中のインスタンスを再開するには以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml49(title)
msgid "Shelve and unshelve an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの退避と復元"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"Shelving is useful if you have an instance that you are not using, but would"
" like retain in your list of servers. For example, you can stop an instance "
"at the end of a work week, and resume work again at the start of the next "
"week. All associated data and resources are kept; however, anything still in"
" memory is not retained. If a shelved instance is no longer needed, it can "
"also be entirely removed."
msgstr "使用していないけれど、サーバー一覧に残しておきたいインスタンスを退避することは有用です。例えば、仕事の週末にインスタンスを停止でき、翌週に再び再開できます。すべての関連するデータとリソースは保持されます。しかしながら、メモリーの内容は失われます。退避したインスタンスが必要なくなれば、完全に削除することもできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml55(para)
msgid "You can complete the following shelving tasks:"
msgstr "以下の退避作業を実行できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml57(term)
msgid "Shelve an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの退避"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml58(para)
msgid ""
"Shuts down the instance, and stores it together with associated data and "
"resources (a snapshot is taken if not volume backed). Anything in memory is "
"lost. Use the following command:"
msgstr "インスタンスをシャットダウンし、関連するデータとリソース (ボリュームがバックアップされていなければ、スナップショットが取得されます) を一緒に保存します。メモリーの内容はすべて失われます。以下のコマンドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml61(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml66(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml73(replaceable)
msgid "SERVERNAME"
msgstr "SERVERNAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml64(term)
msgid "Unshelve an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの復元"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml65(para)
msgid "Restores the instance:"
msgstr "インスタンスを復元します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml69(term)
msgid "Remove a shelved instance"
msgstr "退避済みインスタンスの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml70(para)
msgid ""
"Removes the instance from the server; data and resource associations are "
"deleted. If an instance is no longer needed, you can move that instance off "
"the hypervisor in order to minimize resource usage:"
msgstr "サーバーからインスタンスを削除します。データとリソースの関連づけが削除されます。インスタンスが必要なくなれば、リソース使用量を最小化するために、ハイパーバイザーからインスタンスを削除できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml8(title)
msgid "Auto-extract archive files"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml12(para)
msgid "Use the auto-extract archive feature to upload a tar archive file."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"The Object Storage system extracts files from the archive file and creates "
"an object."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml17(title)
msgid "Auto-extract archive request"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml18(para)
msgid ""
"To upload an archive file, make a request. Add the extract-archive=format "
"query parameter to indicate that you are uploading a tar archive file "
"instead of normal content."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml22(para)
msgid ""
"Valid values for the <replaceable>format</replaceable> variable are "
"<literal>tar</literal>, <literal>tar.gz</literal>, or "
"<literal>tar.bz2</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"The path you specify in the request is used for the location of the object "
"and the prefix for the resulting object names."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml29(para)
msgid "In the request, you can specify the path for:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml33(para)
msgid "An account"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml36(para)
msgid "Optionally, a specific container"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml39(para)
msgid "Optionally, a specific object prefix"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml42(para)
msgid ""
"For example, if the first object in the tar archive is "
"<filename>/home/file1.txt</filename> and you specify the "
"<filename>/v1/12345678912345/mybackup/castor/</filename> path, the operation"
" creates the <filename>castor/home/file1.txt</filename> object in the "
"<literal>mybackup</literal> container in the "
"<literal>12345678912345</literal> account."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml52(title)
msgid "Create an archive for auto-extract"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml53(para)
msgid "You must use the tar utility to create the tar archive file."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml55(para)
msgid ""
"You can upload regular files but you cannot upload other items (for example,"
" empty directories or symbolic links)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml58(para)
msgid "You must UTF-8-encode the member names."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml59(para)
msgid "The archive auto-extract feature supports these formats:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml63(para)
msgid "The POSIX.1-1988 Ustar format."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml66(para)
msgid ""
"The GNU tar format. Includes the long name, long link, and sparse "
"extensions."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml70(para)
msgid "The POSIX.1-2001 pax format."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml71(para)
msgid "Use gzip or bzip2 to compress the archive."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml73(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <parameter>extract-archive</parameter> query parameter to specify "
"the format. Valid values for this parameter are <literal>tar</literal>, "
"<literal>tar.gz</literal>, or <literal>tar.bz2</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml83(title)
msgid "Auto-extract archive response"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"When Object Storage processes the request, it performs multiple sub-"
"operations. Even if all sub-operations fail, the operation returns a "
"<returnvalue>201</returnvalue><literal>Created</literal> status. Some sub-"
"operations might succeed while others fail: Examine the response body to "
"determine the results of each auto-extract archive sub-operation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"You can set the <literal>Accept</literal> request header to one of these "
"values to define the response format:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml96(literal)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml49(code)
msgid "text/plain"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"Formats response as plain text. If you omit the <literal>Accept</literal> "
"header, <literal>text/plain</literal> is the default."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml107(literal)
msgid "application/json"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml109(para)
msgid "Formats response as JSON."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml113(literal)
msgid "application/xml"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml115(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml123(para)
msgid "Formats response as XML."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml121(literal)
msgid "text/xml"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml127(para)
msgid ""
"The following auto-extract archive files example shows a "
"<literal>text/plain</literal> response body where no failures occurred:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml132(para)
msgid ""
"The following auto-extract archive files example shows a "
"<literal>text/plain</literal> response where some failures occurred. In this"
" example, the Object Storage system is configured to reject certain "
"character strings so that the <errorcode>400</errorcode><errortext>Bad "
"Request</errortext> error occurs for any objects that use the restricted "
"strings."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml143(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the failure response in "
"<literal>application/json</literal> format."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml7(title)
msgid "Manage instances and hosts"
msgstr "インスタンスとホストの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Instances are virtual machines that run inside the cloud on physical compute"
" nodes. The Compute service manages instances. A host is the node on which a"
" group of instances resides."
msgstr "インスタンスは、クラウド内の物理コンピュートノードで動作する仮想マシンです。Compute がインスタンスを管理します。ホストは、インスタンスのグループが属するノードです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"This section describes how to perform the different tasks involved in "
"instance management, such as adding floating IP addresses, stopping and "
"starting instances, and terminating instances. This section also discusses "
"node management tasks."
msgstr "このセクションは、インスタンスの管理に関するさまざまな作業を実行する方法について説明します。Floating IP アドレスの追加、インスタンスの停止、開始、終了などがあります。また、このセクションはノード管理作業についても記載しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml9(title)
msgid "OpenStack End User Guide"
msgstr "OpenStack エンドユーザーガイド"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml10(titleabbrev)
msgid "End User Guide"
msgstr "エンドユーザーガイド"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml18(orgname)
#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml24(holder)
msgid "OpenStack Foundation"
msgstr "OpenStack Foundation"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml22(year)
msgid "2014"
msgstr "2014"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml23(year)
msgid "2015"
msgstr "2015"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml26(releaseinfo)
msgid "current"
msgstr "カレント"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml27(productname)
msgid "OpenStack"
msgstr "OpenStack"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml31(remark)
msgid "Copyright details are filled in by the template."
msgstr "Copyright details are filled in by the template."

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack is an open-source cloud computing platform for public and private "
"clouds. A series of interrelated projects deliver a cloud infrastructure "
"solution. This guide shows OpenStack end users how to create and manage "
"resources in an OpenStack cloud with the OpenStack dashboard and OpenStack "
"client commands."
msgstr "OpenStack は、パブリッククラウドやプライベートクラウド向けの、オープンソースのクラウドコンピューティングプラットフォームです。一連の相互に関連するプロジェクトがクラウドインフラストラクチャーソリューションを提供します。このガイドは、OpenStack のユーザーが、OpenStack のダッシュボードやコマンドラインクライアントを用いて、OpenStack クラウドのリソースを作成および管理する方法について説明します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"This guide documents OpenStack Juno, OpenStack Icehouse and OpenStack Havana"
" releases."
msgstr "このガイドは、OpenStack の Juno、Icehouse、Havana リリースについて記載しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml48(date)
msgid "2014-10-15"
msgstr "2014-10-15"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"For the Juno release, this guide has been updated with information about the"
" Database Service for OpenStack (trove)."
msgstr "このガイドは、Juno リリースに向け、Database Service for OpenStack (trove) に関する情報を更新されました。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml62(date)
msgid "2014-05-09"
msgstr "2014-05-09"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml66(para)
msgid "Add a command line cheat sheet."
msgstr "コマンドラインのチートシートを追加しました。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml73(date)
msgid "2014-04-17"
msgstr "2014-04-17"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"For the Icehouse release, this guide has been updated with changes to the "
"dashboard plus the moving of the command reference appendix as indicated "
"below."
msgstr "このガイドは Icehouse リリース向けに、ダッシュボードを変更しました。また、以下に示したとおり、付録のコマンドリファレンスを移動しました。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml87(date)
msgid "2014-01-31"
msgstr "2014-01-31"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"Removed the command reference appendix. This information is now in the <link"
" href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/cli-"
"reference/content/\"><citetitle>OpenStack Command-Line Interface "
"Reference</citetitle></link>."
msgstr "付録のコマンドリファレンスを削除しました。この情報は現在 <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/cli-reference/content/\"><citetitle>OpenStack コマンドラインインターフェースリファレンス</citetitle></link>にあります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml101(date)
msgid "2013-12-30"
msgstr "2013-12-30"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml105(para)
msgid "Added the OpenStack Python SDK chapter."
msgstr "OpenStack Python SDK に関する章を追加しました。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml112(date)
msgid "2013-10-17"
msgstr "2013-10-17"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml116(para)
msgid "Havana release."
msgstr "Havana リリース。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml122(date)
msgid "2013-08-19"
msgstr "2013-08-19"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml126(para)
msgid "Editorial changes."
msgstr "編集上の変更。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml132(date)
msgid "2013-07-29"
msgstr "2013-07-29"

#: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml136(para)
msgid "First edition of this document."
msgstr "このドキュメントの初版。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml8(title)
msgid "Use snapshots to migrate instances"
msgstr "インスタンス移行のためのスナップショットの使用"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"To use snapshots to migrate instances from OpenStack projects to clouds, "
"complete these steps."
msgstr "OpenStack プロジェクトからクラウドにインスタンスを移行するためにスナップショットを使用する場合、これらの手順を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml12(para)
msgid "In the source project, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "移行元のプロジェクトで以下の手順を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml15(link)
msgid "Create a snapshot of the instance."
msgstr "インスタンスのスナップショットを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml18(link)
msgid "Download the snapshot as an image."
msgstr "スナップショットをイメージとしてダウンロードします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml22(para)
msgid "In the destination project, perform the following steps:"
msgstr "移行先のプロジェクトで以下の手順を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml25(link)
msgid "Import the snapshot to the new environment."
msgstr "スナップショットを新しい環境にインポートします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml28(link)
msgid "Boot a new instance from the snapshot."
msgstr "スナップショットから新しいインスタンスを起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml33(para)
msgid "Some cloud providers allow only administrators to perform this task."
msgstr "いくつかのクラウドプロバイダーは管理者のみがこの作業を実行できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml36(title)
msgid "Create a snapshot of the instance"
msgstr "インスタンスのスナップショットの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml39(para)
msgid ""
"Shut down the source VM before you take the snapshot to ensure that all data"
" is flushed to disk. If necessary, list the instances to view get the "
"instance name."
msgstr "確実にすべてのデータをディスクに書き込むために、スナップショットを取得する前に、ソース仮想マシンをシャットダウンします。必要に応じて、インスタンスの名前を確認するために、インスタンスを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to confirm that the instance shows a "
"<literal>SHUTOFF</literal> status."
msgstr "インスタンスが<literal>停止</literal>状態になっていることを確認するために、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to take a snapshot. Use the "
"<placeholder-2/> command to check the status until the status is "
"<literal>ACTIVE</literal>:"
msgstr "スナップショットを取得するために <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。<literal>実行中</literal>状態の間は、状態を確認するために <placeholder-2/> コマンドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml79(title)
msgid "Download the snapshot as an image"
msgstr "イメージとしてスナップショットのダウンロード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml82(para)
msgid "Get the image ID:"
msgstr "イメージ ID を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"Download the snapshot by using the image ID that was returned in the "
"previous step:"
msgstr "前の手順で返されたイメージ ID を使用してスナップショットをダウンロードします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml95(para)
msgid ""
"The <placeholder-1/> command requires the image ID and cannot use the image "
"name."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> コマンドは、イメージ ID を必要とし、イメージ名を使用しません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"Ensure there is sufficient space on the destination file system for the "
"image file."
msgstr "イメージファイルの宛先ファイルシステムに十分な空き容量があることを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml104(para)
msgid ""
"Make the image available to the new environment, either through HTTP or with"
" direct upload to a machine (<placeholder-1/>)."
msgstr "新しい環境でイメージを利用可能にします。HTTP 経由、またはマシンに直接アップロード (<placeholder-1/>) します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml110(title)
msgid "Import the snapshot to new environment"
msgstr "新しい環境へのスナップショットのインポート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml111(para)
msgid "In the new project or cloud environment, import the snapshot:"
msgstr "新しいプロジェクトやクラウド環境で、スナップショットをインポートします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml113(replaceable)
msgid "IMAGE_URL"
msgstr "IMAGE_URL"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml116(title)
msgid "Boot a new instance from the snapshot"
msgstr "スナップショットから新しいインスタンスを起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml117(para)
msgid ""
"In the new project or cloud environment, use the snapshot to create the new "
"instance:"
msgstr "新しいプロジェクトやクラウド環境で、新しいインスタンスを作成するためにスナップショットを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml11(title)
msgid "Store metadata on a configuration drive"
msgstr "コンフィグドライブへのメタデータの保存"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"You can configure OpenStack to write metadata to a special configuration "
"drive that attaches to the instance when it boots. The instance can mount "
"this drive and read files from it to get information that is normally "
"available through the <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/admin-guide-"
"cloud/content/section_metadata-service.html\">metadata service</link>. This "
"metadata is different from the user data."
msgstr "OpenStack は、起動時にインスタンスに接続される特別な設定ドライブにメタデータを書き込むように設定することができます。インスタンスはこのディスクをマウントしてそこからファイルを読み込むことで、通常<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/admin-guide-cloud/content/section_metadata-service.html\">メタデータサービス</link>から提供される情報を取得することができます。このメタデータは、ユーザーデータと異なります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"One use case for using the configuration drive is to pass a networking "
"configuration when you do not use DHCP to assign IP addresses to instances. "
"For example, you might pass the IP address configuration for the instance "
"through the configuration drive, which the instance can mount and access "
"before you configure the network settings for the instance."
msgstr "コンフィグドライブを使用するユースケースとして、インスタンスへの IP アドレスの割り当てに DHCP を使用しない場合に (IP アドレス、ネットマスク、ゲートウェイなどの) ネットワーク設定を config ドライブで渡すことなどが挙げられます。コンフィグドライブは、インスタンスのネットワーク設定が設定される前にマウント、アクセスできるため、コンフィグドライブを使用して IP アドレス設定を転送することができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"Any modern guest operating system that is capable of mounting an ISO 9660 or"
" VFAT file system can use the configuration drive."
msgstr "コンフィグドライブは、ISO 9660 または VFAT のファイルシステムをマウントできるゲストオペレーティングシステムからであればどれでも使用することができます。この機能は、最近のオペレーティングシステムのすべてで利用できるはずです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml28(title)
msgid "Requirements and guidelines"
msgstr "要件とガイドライン"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"To use the configuration drive, you must follow the following requirements "
"for the compute host and image."
msgstr "コンフィグドライブを使用するために、コンピュートホストとイメージに関する以下の要件を満たす必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml32(title)
msgid "Compute host requirements"
msgstr "コンピュートホストの要件"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"The following hypervisors support the configuration drive: libvirt, "
"XenServer, Hyper-V, and VMware."
msgstr "次のハイパーバイザーがコンフィグドライブをサポートします。libvirt、XenServer、Hyper-V、VMware。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml38(para)
msgid ""
"To use configuration drive with libvirt, XenServer, or VMware, you must "
"first install the <package>genisoimage</package> package on each compute "
"host. Otherwise, instances do not boot properly."
msgstr "libvirt、XenServer、VMware でコンフィグドライブを使用するには、<package>genisoimage</package> プログラムを各コンピュートホストにインストールする必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal>mkisofs_cmd</literal> flag to set the path where you "
"install the <package>genisoimage</package> program. If "
"<package>genisoimage</package> is in same path as the <systemitem "
"class=\"service\">nova-compute</systemitem> service, you do not need to set "
"this flag."
msgstr "<package>genisoimage</package> プログラムをインストールするパスを設定するために、<literal>mkisofs_cmd</literal> フラグを使用します。<package>genisoimage</package> が <systemitem class=\"service\">nova-compute</systemitem> サービスと同じパスである場合、このフラグを設定する必要がありません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the "
"<literal>mkisofs_cmd</literal> value to the full path to an "
"<literal>mkisofs.exe</literal> installation. Additionally, you must set the "
"<literal>qemu_img_cmd</literal> value in the <literal>hyperv</literal> "
"configuration section to the full path to an <literal>qemu-img</literal> "
"command installation."
msgstr "Hyper-V でコンフィグドライブを使用する場合、<literal>mkisofs_cmd</literal> の値を <literal>mkisofs.exe</literal> のインストレーションへの完全パスに設定する必要があります。さらに、<literal>qemu-img</literal> コマンドのインストレーションへの完全パスに <literal>hyperv</literal> 設定セクションの <literal>qemu_img_cmd</literal> フラグの値を設定する必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml63(title)
msgid "Image requirements"
msgstr "イメージの要件"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml65(para)
msgid ""
"An image built with a recent version of the <package>cloud-init</package> "
"package can automatically access metadata passed through the configuration "
"drive. The <package>cloud-init</package> package version 0.7.1 works with "
"Ubuntu and Fedora based images, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux."
msgstr "<package>cloud-init</package> パッケージの最新版で構築したイメージは、自動的にコンフィグドライブを介してメタデータにアクセスできます。<package>cloud-init</package> パッケージのバージョン 0.7.1 は Ubuntu、Red Hat Enterprise Linux のような Fedora ベースのイメージで動作します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml73(para)
msgid ""
"If an image does not have the <package>cloud-init</package> package "
"installed, you must customize the image to run a script that mounts the "
"configuration drive on boot, reads the data from the drive, and takes "
"appropriate action such as adding the public key to an account. See <xref "
"linkend=\"config_drive_contents\"/> for details about how data is organized "
"on the configuration drive."
msgstr "イメージに <package>cloud-init</package> パッケージがインストールされていない場合、起動時に config ドライブをマウントしドライブからデータを読み込み公開鍵をアカウントに追加するなどといった適切なアクションをとれるようにスクリプトを実行するように、このイメージをカスタマイズする必要があります。データがコンフィグドライブでどのように整理されているかについての詳細は<xref linkend=\"config_drive_contents\"/>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml83(para)
msgid ""
"If you use Xen with a configuration drive, use the "
"<literal>xenapi_disable_agent</literal> configuration parameter to disable "
"the agent."
msgstr "Xen でコンフィグドライブを使用する場合、エージェントを無効化するために <literal>xenapi_disable_agent</literal> 設定パラメーターを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml90(title)
msgid "Guidelines"
msgstr "ガイドライン"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"Do not rely on the presence of the EC2 metadata in the configuration drive, "
"because this content might be removed in a future release. For example, do "
"not rely on files in the <filename>ec2</filename> directory."
msgstr "コンフィグドライブにある EC2 メタデータに依存しないようにしてください。この内容は将来のリリースで削除される可能性があります。たとえば、<filename>ec2</filename> ディレクトリにあるファイルに依存しないでください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"When you create images that access configuration drive data and multiple "
"directories are under the <filename>openstack</filename> directory, always "
"select the highest API version by date that your consumer supports. For "
"example, if your guest image supports the 2012-03-05, 2012-08-05, and "
"2013-04-13 versions, try 2013-04-13 first and fall back to a previous "
"version if 2013-04-13 is not present."
msgstr "コンフィグドライブデータにアクセスするイメージを作成する際に、<filename>openstack</filename> ディレクトリに複数のディレクトリが存在する場合、常にコンシューマーのサポートがある日付で最新の API バージョンのものを選択するようにしてください。例えば、ゲストイメージがバージョン 2012-03-05、2012-08-05、2013-04-13 をサポートする場合、まず 2013-04-13 を試します。2013-04-13 がない場合は次に新しいバージョンを見ていきます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml110(title)
msgid "Enable and access the configuration drive"
msgstr "コンフィグドライブの有効化とアクセス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml113(para)
msgid ""
"To enable the configuration drive, pass the <literal>--config-drive "
"true</literal> parameter to the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> コマンドに <literal>--config-drive true</literal> パラメーターをつけ、コンフィグドライブを有効化します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml117(para)
msgid ""
"The following example enables the configuration drive and passes user data, "
"two files, and two key/value metadata pairs, all of which are accessible "
"from the configuration drive:"
msgstr "以下の例は、コンフィグドライブを有効化し、ユーザーデータを渡します。このデータはコンフィグドライブからアクセスできる、2 つのファイル、2 つのキーバリューメタデータペアです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml122(para)
msgid ""
"You can also configure the Compute service to always create a configuration "
"drive by setting the following option in the "
"<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr "<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> ファイルに以下のオプションを設定することにより、常にコンフィグドライブを作成するよう、Compute サービスを設定することもできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml127(para)
msgid ""
"If a user passes the <literal>--config-drive true</literal> flag to the "
"<placeholder-1/> command, an administrator cannot disable the configuration "
"drive."
msgstr "ユーザーが <placeholder-1/> コマンドに <literal>--config-drive true</literal> フラグを渡した場合、管理者はコンフィグドライブを無効化できません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml135(para)
msgid ""
"If your guest operating system supports accessing disk by label, you can "
"mount the configuration drive as the <filename>/dev/disk/by-"
"label/<replaceable>configurationDriveVolumeLabel</replaceable></filename> "
"device. In the following example, the configuration drive has the "
"<filename>config-2</filename> volume label."
msgstr "お使いのゲストオペレーティングシステムが、ラベルによるディスクアクセスをサポートしている場合、コンフィグドライブを <filename>/dev/disk/by-label/<replaceable>configurationDriveVolumeLabel</replaceable></filename> デバイスとしてマウントできます。以下の例は、コンフィグドライブが <filename>config-2</filename> ボリュームラベルを持ちます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml143(para)
msgid ""
"Ensure that you use at least version 0.3.1 of CirrOS for configuration drive"
" support."
msgstr "必ずコンフィグドライブをサポートする CirrOS バージョン 0.3.1 以降を利用してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml146(para)
msgid ""
"If your guest operating system does not use <literal>udev</literal>, the "
"<filename>/dev/disk/by-label</filename> directory is not present."
msgstr "お使いのゲストオペレーティングシステムが <literal>udev</literal> を使用していなければ、<filename>/dev/disk/by-label</filename> ディレクトリが存在しません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml150(para)
msgid ""
"You can use the <placeholder-1/> command to identify the block device that "
"corresponds to the configuration drive. For example, when you boot the "
"CirrOS image with the <literal>m1.tiny</literal> flavor, the device is "
"<filename>/dev/vdb</filename>:"
msgstr "コンフィグドライブに対応するブロックデバイスを識別するために、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用できます。たとえば、<literal>m1.tiny</literal> フレーバーで CirrOS イメージを起動するとき、このデバイスは <filename>/dev/vdb</filename> になります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml158(para)
msgid "Once identified, you can mount the device:"
msgstr "認識されると、デバイスをマウントできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml165(title)
msgid "Configuration drive contents"
msgstr "コンフィグドライブの内容"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml166(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the contents of the configuration drive are as follows:"
msgstr "この例では、コンフィグドライブの内容は以下のとおりです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml179(para)
msgid ""
"The files that appear on the configuration drive depend on the arguments "
"that you pass to the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "コンフィグドライブに表示されるファイルは、<placeholder-1/> コマンドに渡した引数に依存します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml184(title)
msgid "OpenStack metadata format"
msgstr "OpenStack メタデータの形式"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml185(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the contents of the "
"<filename>openstack/2012-08-10/meta_data.json</filename> and "
"<filename>openstack/latest/meta_data.json</filename> files. These files are "
"identical. The file contents are formatted for readability."
msgstr "<filename>openstack/2012-08-10/meta_data.json</filename>、<filename>openstack/latest/meta_data.json</filename> (これらのファイルは 2 つとも同じ内容です) の内容の例を以下に示しています。読みやすいようにフォーマットを少し改善しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml191(para)
msgid ""
"Note the effect of the <literal>--file /etc/network/interfaces=/home/myuser"
"/instance-interfaces</literal> argument that was passed to the "
"<placeholder-1/> command. The contents of this file are contained in the "
"<filename>openstack/content/0000</filename> file on the configuration drive,"
" and the path is specified as <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> "
"in the <filename>meta_data.json</filename> file."
msgstr "<literal>--file /etc/network/interfaces=/home/myuser/instance-interfaces</literal> 引数の効果は、オリジナルの <placeholder-1/> コマンドに渡される点に注意してください。このファイルの内容は、コンフィグドライブの <filename>openstack/content/0000</filename> ファイルに含まれており、パスは <filename>meta_data.json</filename> ファイルに <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> として指定されています。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml202(title)
msgid "EC2 metadata format"
msgstr "EC2 メタデータの形式"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml203(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the contents of the <filename>ec2/2009-04-04"
"/meta-data.json</filename> and the <filename>ec2/latest/meta-"
"data.json</filename> files. These files are identical. The file contents are"
" formatted to improve readability."
msgstr "<filename>ec2/2009-04-04/meta-data.json</filename>、<filename>ec2/latest/meta-data.json</filename> (これらのファイルは 2 つとも同じ内容です) の内容の例を以下に示しています。読みやすいようにフォーマットを少し改善しています。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml211(title)
msgid "User data"
msgstr "ユーザーデータ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml212(para)
msgid ""
"The <filename>openstack/2012-08-10/user_data</filename>, "
"<filename>openstack/latest/user_data</filename>, <filename>ec2/2009-04-04"
"/user-data</filename>, and <filename>ec2/latest/user-data</filename> file "
"are present only if the <literal>--user-data</literal> flag and the contents"
" of the user data file are passed to the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "<filename>openstack/2012-08-10/user_data</filename>、<filename>openstack/latest/user_data</filename>、<filename>ec2/2009-04-04/user-data</filename>、<filename>ec2/latest/user-data</filename> のファイルは、<literal>--user-data</literal> フラグを <placeholder-1/> コマンドに指定した場合のみ存在し、引数で指定したユーザーデータファイルの内容がこれらのファイルに含まれます。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml222(title)
msgid "Configuration drive format"
msgstr "コンフィグドライブのフォーマット"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml223(para)
msgid ""
"The default format of the configuration drive as an ISO 9660 file system. To"
" explicitly specify the ISO 9660 format, add the following line to the "
"<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr "コンフィグドライブのデフォルトのフォーマットは、ISO 9660 ファイルシステムです。ISO 9660 フォーマットを明示的に指定する場合、以下の行を <filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> に含めます。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml229(para)
msgid ""
"By default, you cannot attach the configuration drive image as a CD drive "
"instead of as a disk drive. To attach a CD drive, add the following line to "
"the <filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr "デフォルトでは、ディスクドライブの代わりに CD ドライブとしてコンフィグドライブのイメージを接続することはできません。CD ドライブを接続する場合は、<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> の以下の行を追加します。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml234(para)
msgid ""
"For legacy reasons, you can configure the configuration drive to use VFAT "
"format instead of ISO 9660. It is unlikely that you would require VFAT "
"format because ISO 9660 is widely supported across operating systems. "
"However, to use the VFAT format, add the following line to the "
"<filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> file:"
msgstr "レガシー関連の理由から、config ドライブを ISO 9660 ではなく VFAT フォーマットを使用するように設定できます。ISO 9660 は様々なオペレーティングシステムで幅広くサポートされているため、VFAT フォーマットが必要になる可能性は低いはずです。ただし、VFAT フォーマットを使用する場合は <filename>/etc/nova/nova.conf</filename> に以下の行を指定します。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml243(para)
msgid "If you choose VFAT, the configuration drive is 64MB."
msgstr "VFAT を選択する場合、コンフィグドライブは 64MB になります。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml6(title)
msgid "Environment variables required to run examples"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml7(para)
msgid ""
"To run the cURL command examples for the Object Storage API requests, set "
"these environment variables:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"The public URL that is the HTTP endpoint from where you can access Object "
"Storage. It includes the Object Storage API version number and your account "
"name. For example, <code>https://23.253.72.207/v1/my_account</code>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml23(para)
msgid "The authentication token for Object Storage."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml28(para)
msgid "To obtain these values, run the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"As shown in this example, the public URL appears in the "
"<literal>StorageURL</literal> field, and the token appears in the "
"<literal>Auth Token</literal> field:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml7(title)
msgid "Delete an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml8(para)
msgid "When you no longer need an instance, you can delete it."
msgstr "インスタンスが必要なくなった場合、インスタンスを削除できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml10(para)
msgid "List all instances:"
msgstr "すべてのインスタンスを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml20(para)
msgid ""
"Run the <placeholder-1/> command to delete the instance. The following "
"example shows deletion of the <filename>newServer</filename> instance, which"
" is in <literal>ERROR</literal> state:"
msgstr "インスタンスを削除するには <placeholder-1/>コマンドを実行します。以下の例は、<literal>ERROR</literal> 状態の <filename>newServer</filename> インスタンスを削除しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml23(para)
msgid "The command does not notify that your server was deleted."
msgstr "このコマンドでは、インスタンスの削除に関する通知はありません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml24(para)
msgid ""
"To verify that the server was deleted, run the <placeholder-1/> command:"
msgstr "サーバーが削除されたことを検証するために、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml32(para)
msgid "The deleted instance does not appear in the list."
msgstr "この一覧には、削除したインスタンスの表示がなくなっています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml13(title)
msgid "Create and access a database"
msgstr "データベースの作成とアクセス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Assume that you have installed the Database service and populated your data "
"store with images for the type and versions of databases that you want, and "
"that you can create and access a database."
msgstr "すでに Database がインストールしてあり、使用したいデータベースの種類とバージョンのイメージを用いて、データストアにデータを入力してあると仮定します。また、データベースを作成し、アクセスできると仮定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml17(para)
msgid "This example shows you how to create and access a MySQL 5.5 database."
msgstr "この例は MySQL 5.5 データベースを作成し、アクセスする方法を示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml19(title)
msgid "To create and access a database"
msgstr "データベースの作成とアクセスの方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml21(title)
msgid "Determine which flavor to use for your database"
msgstr "データベースに使用するフレーバーの選択"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml22(para)
msgid ""
"When you create a database instance, you must specify a nova flavor. The "
"flavor indicates various characteristics of the instance, such as RAM, root "
"volume size, and so on. The default nova flavors are not sufficient to "
"create database instances. You might need to create or obtain some new nova "
"flavors that work for databases."
msgstr "データベース作成時、nova フレーバーを指定する必要があります。フレーバーは、メモリ、ルートボリューム容量などの、インスタンスのさまざまな特性を意味します。デフォルトの nova フレーバーは、データベースインスタンスを作成するために十分ではありません。データベース用にうまく動作する、いくつかの新しい nova フレーバーを作成または取得する必要があるかもしません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"The first step is to list flavors by using the nova <placeholder-1/> "
"command."
msgstr "最初の手順は、nova <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、既存のフレーバーを一覧表示することです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"Here are the default flavors, although you may have additional custom "
"flavors in your environment:"
msgstr "これは、お使いの環境に追加のカスタムフレーバーを作成していない場合の、デフォルトのフレーバーです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"Now take a look at the minimum requirements for various database instances:"
msgstr "さまざまなデータベースインスタンスの最小要件を確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml49(th)
msgid "Database"
msgstr "データベース"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml50(th)
msgid "RAM (MB)"
msgstr "メモリー (MB)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml51(th)
msgid "Disk (GB)"
msgstr "ディスク (GB)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml52(th)
msgid "VCPUs"
msgstr "仮想 CPU"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml58(para)
msgid "MySQL"
msgstr "MySQL"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml61(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml103(para)
msgid "512"
msgstr "512"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml64(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml78(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml92(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml106(para)
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml67(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml81(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml95(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml109(para)
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml72(para)
msgid "Cassandra"
msgstr "Cassandra"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml75(para)
msgid "2048"
msgstr "2048"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml86(para)
msgid "MongoDB"
msgstr "MongoDB"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml89(para)
msgid "1024"
msgstr "1024"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml100(para)
msgid "Redis"
msgstr "Redis"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml116(para)
msgid ""
"If you have a custom flavor that meets the needs of the database that you "
"want to create, proceed to <xref linkend=\"create-database-instance\"/> and "
"use that flavor."
msgstr "作成したいデータベースの要件に適合するカスタムフレーバーがあれば、<xref linkend=\"create-database-instance\"/> まで進み、そのフレーバーを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml121(para)
msgid ""
"If your environment does not have a suitable flavor, an administrative user "
"must create a custom flavor by using the nova <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "お使いの環境に適切なフレーバーがなければ、管理ユーザーが nova <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、カスタムフレーバーを作成する必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml127(title)
msgid "MySQL example"
msgstr "MySQL の例"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml128(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a flavor that you can use with a MySQL database. This "
"example has the following attributes:"
msgstr "この例は MySQL データベースで使用できるフレーバーを作成します。この例は以下の属性を持ちます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml133(para)
msgid "Flavor name: <literal>mysql_minimum</literal>"
msgstr "フレーバー名: <literal>mysql_minimum</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml136(para)
msgid ""
"Flavor ID: You must use an ID that is not already in use. In this example, "
"IDs 1 through 5 are in use, so use ID <literal>6</literal>."
msgstr "フレーバー ID: まだ使用されていない ID を使用する必要があります。この例では、ID 1 から 5 までが使用済みなので、ID <literal>6</literal> を使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml140(para)
msgid "RAM: <literal>512</literal>"
msgstr "メモリ: <literal>512</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml143(para)
msgid "Root volume size in GB: <literal>5</literal>"
msgstr "ルートの GB 単位のボリューム容量: <literal>5</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml146(para)
msgid "Virtual CPUs: <literal>1</literal>"
msgstr "仮想 CPU: <literal>1</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml158(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a database instance with the following characteristics:"
msgstr "この例は、以下の仕様を持つデータベースのインスタンスを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml161(para)
msgid "Name of the instance: <literal>mysql_instance_1</literal>"
msgstr "インスタンス名: <literal>mysql_instance_1</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml164(para)
msgid "Database flavor: <literal>6</literal>"
msgstr "データベースのフレーバー: <literal>6</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml167(para)
msgid "In addition, this command specifies these options for the instance:"
msgstr "さらに、このコマンドは、インスタンスにこれらのオプションを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml170(para)
msgid "A volume size of <literal>5</literal> (5 GB)."
msgstr "<literal>5</literal> (5 GB) のボリューム容量。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml173(para)
msgid "The <literal>myDB</literal> database."
msgstr "<literal>myDB</literal> データベース。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml176(para)
msgid ""
"The database is based on the <literal>mysql</literal> data store and the "
"<literal>mysql-5.5</literal> datastore_version."
msgstr "このデータベースは、<literal>mysql</literal> データストア、<literal>mysql-5.5</literal> という datastore_version をベースにしています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml180(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>userA</literal> user with the <literal>password</literal> "
"password."
msgstr "<literal>userA</literal> ユーザー、<literal>password</literal> パスワード。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml202(title)
msgid "Get the IP address of the database instance"
msgstr "データベースインスタンスの IP アドレスの取得"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml203(para)
msgid ""
"First, use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to list all instances and "
"their IDs:"
msgstr "まず、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、すべてのインスタンスとその ID を一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml211(para)
msgid "This command returns the instance ID of your new instance."
msgstr "このコマンドは、新しいインスタンスのインスタンス ID を返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml212(para)
msgid ""
"You can now pass in the instance ID with the trove <placeholder-1/> command "
"to get the IP address of the instance. In this example, replace "
"<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> with <literal>5599dad6-731e-44df-"
"bb60-488da3da9cfe</literal>."
msgstr "これで、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドにインスタンス ID を渡して、インスタンスの IP アドレスを取得できます。この例では、<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> を <literal>5599dad6-731e-44df-bb60-488da3da9cfe</literal> に置き換えます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml231(para)
msgid "This command returns the IP address of the database instance."
msgstr "このコマンドは、データベースインスタンスの IP アドレスを返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml234(title)
msgid "Access the new database"
msgstr "新しいデータベースへのアクセス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml235(para)
msgid ""
"You can now access the new database you just created (myDB) by using typical"
" database access commands. In this MySQL example, replace "
"<replaceable>IP_ADDRESS</replaceable> with <literal>172.16.200.2</literal>."
msgstr "これで、一般的なデータベースアクセスコマンドを使用して、作成した新しいデータベース (myDB) にアクセスできます。この MySQL の例では、<replaceable>IP_ADDRESS</replaceable> を <literal>172.16.200.2</literal> に置き換えます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml238(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml11(replaceable)
msgid "IP_ADDRESS"
msgstr "IP_ADDRESS"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml251(title)
msgid "Backup the database instance"
msgstr "データベースインスタンスのバックアップ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml252(para)
msgid ""
"As background, assume that you have <link linkend=\"create_db\">created a "
"database instance</link> with the following characteristics:"
msgstr "背景として、以下の特性を持つ<link linkend=\"create_db\">データベースインスタンスを作成</link>してあることを仮定しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml256(para)
msgid "Name of the database instance: <literal>guest1</literal>"
msgstr "データベースインスタンス名: <literal>guest1</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml259(para)
msgid "Flavor ID: <literal>10</literal>"
msgstr "フレーバー ID: <literal>10</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml262(para)
msgid "Root volume size: <literal>2</literal>"
msgstr "ルートボリューム容量: <literal>2</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml265(para)
msgid "Databases: <literal>db1</literal> and <literal>db2</literal>"
msgstr "データベース: <literal>db1</literal>、<literal>db2</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml268(para)
msgid ""
"Users: The <literal>user1</literal> user with the "
"<literal>password</literal> password"
msgstr "ユーザー: <literal>user1</literal> ユーザー、<literal>password</literal> パスワード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml272(para)
msgid ""
"First, get the ID of the <literal>guest1</literal> database instance by "
"using the trove <placeholder-1/> command:"
msgstr "まず、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、<literal>guest1</literal> データベースインスタンスの ID を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml280(para)
msgid ""
"Back up the database instance by using the trove <placeholder-1/> command. "
"In this example, the backup is called <literal>backup1</literal>. In this "
"example, replace <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> with "
"<literal>97b4b853-80f6-414f-ba6f-c6f455a79ae6</literal>:"
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、データベースインスタンスをバックアップします。この例では、バックアップは <literal>backup1</literal> という名前です。<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> を <literal>97b4b853-80f6-414f-ba6f-c6f455a79ae6</literal> に置き換えます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml285(para)
msgid ""
"This command syntax pertains only to python-troveclient version 1.0.6 and "
"later. Earlier versions require you to pass in the backup name as the first "
"argument."
msgstr "このコマンド構文は、python-troveclient のバージョン 1.0.6 以降のみ利用できます。これ以前のバージョンは、バックアップ名を最初の引数として渡す必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml302(para)
msgid ""
"Note that the command returns both the ID of the original instance "
"(<literal>instance_id</literal>) and the ID of the backup artifact "
"(<literal>id</literal>)."
msgstr "このコマンドは、元のインスタンス ID (<literal>instance_id</literal>) とバックアップの ID (<literal>id</literal>) を返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml305(para)
msgid ""
"Later on, use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to get this information:"
msgstr "後ほど、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、この情報を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml313(para)
msgid ""
"You can get additional information about the backup by using the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command and passing in the "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>, which is <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-"
"8fe8-57d528911138</literal>."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> を渡すことにより、追加の情報を取得できます。ここでは <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-8fe8-57d528911138</literal> です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml317(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml351(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml483(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml508(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml534(replaceable)
msgid "BACKUP_ID"
msgstr "BACKUP_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml334(title)
msgid "Restore a database instance"
msgstr "データベースインスタンスのリストア"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml335(para)
msgid ""
"Now assume that your <literal>guest1</literal> database instance is damaged "
"and you need to restore it. In this example, you use the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command to create a new database instance called "
"<literal>guest2</literal>."
msgstr "ここで <literal>guest1</literal> データベースインスタンスが破壊され、リストアする必要があると仮定します。この例では、<literal>guest2</literal> という名前の新規データベースインスタンスを作成するために、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml340(para)
msgid ""
"You specify that the new <literal>guest2</literal> instance has the same "
"flavor (<literal>10</literal>) and the same root volume size "
"(<literal>2</literal>) as the original <literal>guest1</literal> instance."
msgstr "新しい <literal>guest2</literal> インスタンスが同じフレーバー (<literal>10</literal>) を持ち、元の <literal>guest1</literal> インスタンスと同じ容量のルートボリューム (<literal>2</literal>) を持つことを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml345(para)
msgid ""
"You use the <code>--backup</code> argument to indicate that this new "
"instance is based on the backup artifact identified by "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>. In this example, replace "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> with <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-"
"8fe8-57d528911138</literal>."
msgstr "この新しいインスタンスは、<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> により識別されるバックアップに基づくことを指定するために、<code>--backup</code> 引数を使用します。この例では、<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> を <literal>8af30763-61fd-4aab-8fe8-57d528911138</literal> を置き換えます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml367(title)
msgid "Verify backup"
msgstr "バックアップの検証"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml368(para)
msgid ""
"Now check that the new <literal>guest2</literal> instance has the same "
"characteristics as the original <literal>guest1</literal> instance."
msgstr "新しい <literal>guest2</literal> インスタンスが、元の <literal>guest1</literal> インスタンスと同じ特性を持つことを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml370(para)
msgid "Start by getting the ID of the new <literal>guest2</literal> instance."
msgstr "まず新しい <literal>guest2</literal> インスタンスの ID を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml378(para)
msgid ""
"Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to display information about the new "
"guest2 instance. Pass in guest2's <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable>, "
"which is <literal>ac7a2b35-a9b4-4ff6-beac-a1bcee86d04b</literal>."
msgstr "新しい guest2 インスタンスの情報を表示するために、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。guest2 の <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> を渡します。ここでは、<literal>ac7a2b35-a9b4-4ff6-beac-a1bcee86d04b</literal> です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml397(para)
msgid ""
"Note that the data store, flavor ID, and volume size have the same values as"
" in the original <literal>guest1</literal> instance."
msgstr "データストア、フレーバー ID、ボリューム容量が、元の <literal>guest1</literal> インスタンスと同じ値を持つことに注意します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml399(para)
msgid ""
"Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to check that the original databases "
"(<literal>db1</literal> and <literal>db2</literal>) are present on the "
"restored instance."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、元のデータベース (<literal>db1</literal>、<literal>db2</literal>) がリストアされたインスタンスに存在することを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml411(para)
msgid ""
"Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to check that the original user "
"(<literal>user1</literal>) is present on the restored instance."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、元のユーザー (<literal>user1</literal>) がリストアされたインスタンスに存在することを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml421(title)
msgid "Notify users"
msgstr "ユーザーへの通知"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml422(para)
msgid ""
"Tell the users who were accessing the now-disabled <literal>guest1</literal>"
" database instance that they can now access <literal>guest2</literal>. "
"Provide them with <literal>guest2</literal>'s name, IP address, and any "
"other information they might need. (You can get this information by using "
"the trove <placeholder-1/> command.)"
msgstr "いま無効化されている <literal>guest1</literal> データベースインスタンスにアクセスしていたユーザーに、<literal>guest2</literal> にアクセスできることを通知します。<literal>guest2</literal> の名前、IP アドレス、他の必要な情報を提供します。(trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、この情報を取得できます。)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml428(title)
msgid "Clean up"
msgstr "クリーンアップ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml429(para)
msgid ""
"At this point, you might want to delete the disabled "
"<literal>guest1</literal> instance, by using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command."
msgstr "この時点で、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、無効化された <literal>guest1</literal> インスタンスを削除したいかもしれません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml436(title)
msgid "Use incremental backups"
msgstr "増分バックアップの使用"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml437(para)
msgid ""
"Incremental backups let you chain together a series of backups. You start "
"with a regular backup. Then, when you want to create a subsequent "
"incremental backup, you specify the parent backup."
msgstr "増分バックアップにより、一連のバックアップを一つにつなげられます。通常のバックアップで始めます。そして、後続となる増分バックアップを作成したいときに、親となるバックアップを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml440(para)
msgid ""
"Restoring a database instance from an incremental backup is the same as "
"creating a database instance from a regular backupthe Database service "
"handles the complexities of applying the chain of incremental backups."
msgstr "増分バックアップからデータベースインスタンスをリストアすることは、通常のバックアップからデータベースインスタンスを作成することと同じです。Database は、一連の増分バックアップの複雑な適用を処理してくれます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml443(para)
msgid ""
"This example shows you how to use incremental backups with a MySQL database."
msgstr "この例は、MySQL データベースで増分バックアップを使用する方法です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml445(title)
msgid "Assumptions"
msgstr "前提"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml446(para)
msgid ""
"Assume that you have <link linkend=\"backup_db\">created a regular "
"backup</link> for the following database instance:"
msgstr "以下のデータベースインスタンスに対して、<link linkend=\"backup_db\">バックアップが作成されている</link>ことを仮定しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml451(para)
msgid "Instance name: <literal>guest1</literal>"
msgstr "インスタンス名: <literal>guest1</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml454(para)
msgid ""
"ID of the instance (<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable>): "
"<literal>792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>"
msgstr "インスタンスの ID (<replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable>): <literal>792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml458(para)
msgid ""
"ID of the regular backup artifact (<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>): "
"<literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal>"
msgstr "通常バックアップの ID (<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>): <literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml463(title)
msgid "To create and use incremental backups"
msgstr "増分バックアップの作成方法と使用方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml465(title)
msgid "Create your first incremental backup"
msgstr "最初の増分バックアップの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml466(para)
msgid "Use the trove <placeholder-1/> command and specify:"
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、以下のとおり指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml469(para)
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> of the database instance you are "
"doing the incremental backup for (in this example, <literal>792a6a56-278f-"
"4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>)"
msgstr "増分バックアップを実行するデータベースインスタンスの <replaceable>INSTANCE_ID</replaceable> (この例は <literal>792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370</literal>)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml474(para)
msgid ""
"The name of the incremental backup you are creating: "
"<literal>backup1.1</literal>"
msgstr "作成する増分バックアップの名前: <literal>backup1.1</literal>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml478(para)
msgid ""
"The <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> of the parent backup. In this case,"
" the parent is the regular backup, with an ID of "
"<literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal>"
msgstr "親バックアップの <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable>。この場合、親が通常バックアップで、その ID が <literal>6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd</literal> です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml498(para)
msgid ""
"Note that this command returns both the ID of the database instance you are "
"incrementally backing up (<literal>instance_id</literal>) and a new ID for "
"the new incremental backup artifact you just created "
"(<literal>id</literal>)."
msgstr "このコマンドは、増分バックアップを取得するデータベースインスタンスの ID (<literal>instance_id</literal>)、新しく作成した増分バックアップの新規 ID (<literal>id</literal>) を返すことに注意してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml503(title)
msgid "Create your second incremental backup"
msgstr "2 個目の増分バックアップの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml504(para)
msgid ""
"The name of your second incremental backup is <literal>backup1.2</literal>. "
"This time, when you specify the parent, pass in the ID of the incremental "
"backup you just created in the previous step (<literal>backup1.1</literal>)."
" In this example, it is <literal>1d474981-a006-4f62-b25f-"
"43d7b8a7097e</literal>."
msgstr "2 個目の増分バックアップの名前は <literal>backup1.2</literal> です。このとき、親を指定するときに、前の手順で作成した増分バックアップの ID (<literal>backup1.1</literal>) を渡します。この例では <literal>1d474981-a006-4f62-b25f-43d7b8a7097e</literal> です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml525(title)
msgid "Restore using incremental backups"
msgstr "増分バックアップを用いたリストア"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml526(para)
msgid ""
"Now assume that your <literal>guest1</literal> database instance is damaged "
"and you need to restore it from your incremental backups. In this example, "
"you use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to create a new database instance"
" called <literal>guest2</literal>."
msgstr "ここで <literal>guest1</literal> データベースインスタンスが破壊され、増分バックアップからリストアする必要があると仮定します。この例では、<literal>guest2</literal> という名前の新規データベースインスタンスを作成するために、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml530(para)
msgid ""
"To incorporate your incremental backups, you simply use the "
"<code>--backup</code> parameter to pass in the "
"<replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> of your most recent incremental backup."
" The Database service handles the complexities of applying the chain of all "
"previous incremental backups."
msgstr "増分バックアップを合体させる場合、最新の増分バックアップの <replaceable>BACKUP_ID</replaceable> を <code>--backup</code> パラメーターに渡します。Database は、これまでのすべての増分バックアップを適用する複雑な処理を実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml556(title)
msgid "Manage database configuration"
msgstr "データベース設定の管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml557(para)
msgid ""
"You can manage database configuration tasks by using configuration groups. "
"Configuration groups let you set configuration options, in bulk, on one or "
"more databases."
msgstr "設定グループを使用することにより、データベースの設定作業を管理できます。設定グループにより、複数のデータベースを一括で設定オプションを設定できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml559(para)
msgid ""
"This example assumes you have <link linkend=\"create_db\">created a MySQL "
"database</link> and shows you how to use a configuration group to configure "
"it. Although this example sets just one option on one database, you can use "
"these same procedures to set multiple options on multiple database instances"
" throughout your environment. This can provide significant time savings in "
"managing your cloud."
msgstr "この例は、<link linkend=\"create_db\">MySQL データベースを作成済み</link>であると仮定しています。MySQL を設定するために、設定グループを使用する方法について説明します。この例は、1 つのデータベースに 1 つのオプションを設定しますが、これらの手順を同じように使用して、お使いの環境で複数のデータベースに複数のオプションを設定できます。これにより、クラウド管理において大幅な時間節約になります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml565(title)
msgid "To bulk-configure a database or databases"
msgstr "データベースの一括設定方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml567(title)
msgid "List available options"
msgstr "利用可能なオプションの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml568(para)
msgid ""
"First, determine which configuration options you can set. Different data "
"store versions have different configuration options."
msgstr "まず、どの設定オプションを設定できるのかを確認します。異なるデータストアのバージョンは、異なる設定オプションを持ちます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml570(para)
msgid ""
"List the names and IDs of all available versions of the "
"<literal>mysql</literal> data store:"
msgstr "<literal>mysql</literal> データストアの利用可能な全バージョンの名前と ID を一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml578(para)
msgid ""
"Pass in the data store version ID with the trove <placeholder-1/> command to"
" get the available options:"
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドにデータストアのバージョン ID を渡して、利用可能なオプションを取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml581(replaceable)
msgid "DATASTORE_VERSION_ID"
msgstr "DATASTORE_VERSION_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml620(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the <placeholder-1/> command returns a list of options that"
" work with MySQL 5.5."
msgstr "この例では、<placeholder-1/> コマンドが MySQL 5.5 で動作するオプションの一覧を返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml624(title)
msgid "Create a configuration group"
msgstr "設定グループの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml625(para)
msgid ""
"A configuration group contains a comma-separated list of key-value pairs. "
"Each pair consists of a configuration option and its value."
msgstr "設定グループは、キーと値のペアのカンマ区切り一覧を含みます。各ペアは、設定オプションとその値から構成されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml627(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a configuration group by using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command. The general syntax for this command is:"
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、設定グループを作成できます。このコマンドの一般的な構文は、以下のとおりです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml630(replaceable)
msgid "VALUES"
msgstr "VALUES"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml633(para)
msgid ""
"<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>. The name you want to use for this group."
msgstr "<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>。このグループに使用したい名前。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml636(para)
msgid "<replaceable>VALUES</replaceable>. The list of key-value pairs."
msgstr "<replaceable>VALUES</replaceable>。キーと値のペアの一覧。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml639(para)
msgid ""
"<replaceable>DATASTORE_NAME</replaceable>. The name of the associated data "
"store."
msgstr "<replaceable>DATASTORE_NAME</replaceable>。関連付けられるデータストアの名前。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml643(para)
msgid ""
"Set <replaceable>VALUES</replaceable> as a JSON dictionary, for example:"
msgstr "<replaceable>VALUES</replaceable> を JSON 辞書として設定します。例:"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml645(para)
msgid ""
"This example creates a configuration group called <literal>group1</literal>."
" <literal>group1</literal> contains just one key and value pair, and this "
"pair sets the <placeholder-1/> option to <literal>1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml660(title)
msgid "Examine your existing configuration"
msgstr "既存の設定の検査"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml661(para)
msgid ""
"Before you use the newly-created configuration group, look at how the "
"<placeholder-1/> option is configured on your database. Replace the "
"following sample connection values with values that connect to your "
"database:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml673(para)
msgid ""
"As you can see, the <placeholder-1/> option is currently set to "
"<literal>0</literal> for the <literal>myDB7</literal> database."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml677(title)
msgid "Change the database configuration using a configuration group"
msgstr "設定グループを用いたデータベース設定の変更"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml678(para)
msgid ""
"You can change a database's configuration by attaching a configuration group"
" to a database instance. You do this by using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command and passing in the ID of the database instance and the ID of the "
"configuration group."
msgstr "設定グループをデータベースインスタンスに割り当てることにより、データベースの設定を変更できます。このために、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、データベースインスタンスの ID と設定グループの ID を渡します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml681(para)
msgid "Get the ID of the database instance:"
msgstr "データベースインスタンスの ID を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml688(para)
msgid "Get the ID of the configuration group:"
msgstr "設定グループの ID を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml695(para)
msgid "Attach the configuration group to the database instance:"
msgstr "設定グループをデータベースインスタンスに接続します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml697(para)
msgid ""
"This command syntax pertains only to python-troveclient version 1.0.6 and "
"later. Earlier versions require you to pass in the configuration group ID as"
" the first argument."
msgstr "このコマンド構文は、python-troveclient のバージョン 1.0.6 以降のみ利用できます。これ以前のバージョンは、設定グループ ID を最初の引数として渡す必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml699(replaceable)
msgid "DB_INSTANCE_ID"
msgstr "DB_INSTANCE_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml699(replaceable)
msgid "CONFIG_GROUP_ID"
msgstr "CONFIG_GROUP_ID"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml702(title)
msgid "Re-examine the database configuration"
msgstr "データベース設定の再検査"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml703(para)
msgid "Display the <placeholder-1/> setting again:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml710(para)
msgid ""
"As you can see, the <placeholder-1/> option is now set to "
"<literal>1</literal>, as specified in the <literal>group1</literal> "
"configuration group."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml716(title)
msgid "Conclusion"
msgstr "まとめ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml717(para)
msgid ""
"Using a configuration group to set a single option on a single database is "
"obviously a trivial example. However, configuration groups can provide major"
" efficiencies when you consider that:"
msgstr "単一のオプションを単一のデータベースに設定するために、設定グループを使用することは、明らかにささいな例です。しかしながら、設定グループは、以下を検討する際に大きな効果があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml723(para)
msgid "A configuration group can specify a large number of option values."
msgstr "設定グループは、数多くのオプション値を指定できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml726(para)
msgid ""
"You can apply a configuration group to hundreds or thousands of database "
"instances in your environment."
msgstr "お使いの環境で数百～数千のデータベースインスタンスを処理するために、設定グループを適用できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml730(para)
msgid ""
"Used in this way, configuration groups let you modify your database cloud "
"configuration, on the fly, on a massive scale."
msgstr "このように使用すると、設定グループにより、データベースクラウドの設定を、動的かつ大規模に変更できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml733(title)
msgid "Maintenance"
msgstr "メンテナンス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml734(para)
msgid ""
"There are also a number of useful maintenance features for working with "
"configuration groups. You can:"
msgstr "設定グループを用いて動作する、有用なメンテナンス機能がいろいろとあります。以下を実行できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml739(para)
msgid ""
"Disassociate a configuration group from a database instance, using the trove"
" <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、データベースインスタンスから設定グループを解除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml743(para)
msgid ""
"Modify a configuration group on the fly, using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、設定グループを利用中に変更します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml747(para)
msgid ""
"Find out what instances are using a configuration group, using the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、どのインスタンスが設定グループを使用しているか見つけます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml751(para)
msgid ""
"Delete a configuration group, using the trove <placeholder-1/> command. You "
"might want to do this if no instances use a group."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、設定グループを削除します。グループを使用するインスタンスが無い場合、削除したいかもしれません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml757(title)
msgid "Set up database replication"
msgstr "データベースレプリケーションのセットアップ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml758(para)
msgid ""
"You can create a replica of an existing database instance. When you make "
"subsequent changes to the original instance, the system automatically "
"applies those changes to the replica."
msgstr "既存のデータベースインスタンスにレプリカを作成できます。元のインスタンスを変更したとき、システムが自動的に、これらの変更をレプリカに適用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml761(para)
msgid "Replicas are read-only."
msgstr "レプリカは読み込み専用です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml764(para)
msgid ""
"When you create a replica, do not specify the <placeholder-1/> or "
"<placeholder-2/> options."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml767(para)
msgid ""
"You can choose a smaller volume or flavor for a replica than for the "
"original, but the replica's volume must be big enough to hold the data "
"snapshot from the original."
msgstr "複製に対して、元のものより小さなボリュームやフレーバーを選択できますが、複製のボリュームは元のデータのスナップショットを保持するために十分な大きさを持つ必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml770(para)
msgid "This example shows you how to replicate a MySQL database instance."
msgstr "この例は、MySQL データベースインスタンスを複製する方法です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml772(title)
msgid "To set up replication"
msgstr "レプリケーションのセットアップ方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml774(title)
msgid "Get the instance ID"
msgstr "インスタンス ID の取得"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml775(para)
msgid "Get the ID of the original instance you want to replicate:"
msgstr "複製したいインスタンスの ID を取得します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml784(title)
msgid "Create the replica"
msgstr "レプリカの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml785(para)
msgid ""
"Create a new instance that will be a replica of the original instance. You "
"do this by passing in the <placeholder-1/> option with the trove "
"<placeholder-2/> command. This example creates a replica called "
"<literal>replica_1</literal>. <literal>replica_1</literal> is a replica of "
"the original instance, <literal>base_1</literal>:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml786(replaceable)
msgid "ID_OF_ORIGINAL_INSTANCE"
msgstr "ID_OF_ORIGINAL_INSTANCE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml789(title)
msgid "Verify replication status"
msgstr "複製状態の検証"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml790(para)
msgid ""
"Pass in <literal>replica_1</literal>'s instance ID with the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command to verify that the newly created "
"<literal>replica_1</literal> instance is a replica of the original "
"<literal>base_1</literal>. Note that the <literal>replica_of</literal> "
"property is set to the ID of <literal>base_1</literal>."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドに <literal>replica_1</literal> のインスタンス ID を渡し、新しく作成された <literal>replica_1</literal> インスタンスが、元の <literal>base_1</literal> の複製であることを検証します。<literal>replica_of</literal> プロパティが <literal>base_1</literal> の ID に設定されていることに注意してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml791(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_ID_OF_REPLICA_1"
msgstr "INSTANCE_ID_OF_REPLICA_1"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml806(para)
msgid ""
"Now pass in <literal>base_1</literal>'s instance ID with the trove "
"<placeholder-1/> command to list the replica(s) associated with the original"
" instance. Note that the <literal>replicas</literal> property is set to the "
"ID of <literal>replica_1</literal>. If there are multiple replicas, they "
"appear as a comma-separated list."
msgstr "ここで、trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドに <literal>base_1</literal> のインスタンス ID に渡して、元のインスタンスに関連付けられている複製を一覧表示します。<literal>replica</literal> プロパティが <literal>replica_1</literal> の ID に設定されていることに注意してください。複数のレプリカがある場合、コンマ区切りの一覧として表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml807(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_ID_OF_BASE_1"
msgstr "INSTANCE_ID_OF_BASE_1"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml826(title)
msgid "Detach the replica"
msgstr "複製の解除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml827(para)
msgid ""
"If the original instance goes down, you can detach the replica. The replica "
"becomes a standalone database instance. You can then take the new standalone"
" instance and create a new replica of that instance."
msgstr "元のインスタンスが停止した場合、複製を解除できます。複製は、スタンドアロンのデータベースインスタンスになります。新しいスタンドアロンのインスタンスを持ち、インスタンスの新しい複製を作成できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml828(para)
msgid "You detach a replica using the trove <placeholder-1/> command:"
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを用いて、複製を解除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml829(replaceable)
msgid "INSTANCE_ID_OF_REPLICA"
msgstr "INSTANCE_ID_OF_REPLICA"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml834(title)
msgid "Set up database clustering"
msgstr "データベースクラスターのセットアップ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml835(para)
msgid ""
"You can store data across multiple machines by setting up MongoDB sharded "
"clusters."
msgstr "MongoDB 共有クラスターをセットアップすることにより、複数のマシン間をまたがりデータを保存できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml836(para)
msgid "Each cluster includes:"
msgstr "各クラスターは以下のものを持ちます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml839(para)
msgid ""
"One or more <emphasis>shards</emphasis>. Each shard consists of a three "
"member replica set (three instances organized as a replica set)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml842(para)
msgid ""
"One or more <emphasis>query routers</emphasis>. A query router is the "
"machine that your application actually connects to. This machine is "
"responsible for communicating with the config server to figure out where the"
" requested data is stored. It then accesses and returns the data from the "
"appropriate shard(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml845(para)
msgid ""
"One or more <emphasis>config servers</emphasis>. Config servers store the "
"metadata that links requested data with the shard that contains it."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml848(para)
msgid "This example shows you how to set up a MongoDB sharded cluster."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml851(title)
msgid "Before you begin"
msgstr "始める前に"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml852(para)
msgid "Make sure that:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml856(para)
msgid ""
"The administrative user has registered a MongoDB datastore type and version."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml859(para)
msgid ""
"The administrative user has created an appropriate <link "
"linkend=\"create_db\">flavor that meets the MongoDB minimum "
"requirements</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml864(title)
msgid "To set up clustering"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml866(title)
msgid "Create a cluster"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml867(para)
msgid ""
"Create a cluster by using the trove <placeholder-1/> command. This command "
"creates a one-shard cluster. Pass in:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml870(para)
msgid "The name of the cluster."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml873(para)
msgid "The name and version of the datastore you want to use."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml876(para)
msgid ""
"The three instances you want to include in the replication set for the first"
" shard. Specify each instance by using the <placeholder-1/> argument and the"
" associated flavor ID and volume size. Use the same flavor ID and volume "
"size for each instance. In this example, flavor <literal>7</literal> is a "
"custom flavor that meets the MongoDB minimum requirements."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml896(title)
msgid "Display cluster information"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml897(para)
msgid ""
"Display information about a cluster by using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command. Pass in the ID of the cluster."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml898(para)
msgid ""
"The cluster ID display when you first create a cluster. (If you need to find"
" it later on, use the trove <placeholder-1/> command to list the names and "
"IDs of all the clusters in your system.)"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml899(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml924(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml965(replaceable)
msgid "CLUSTER_ID"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml916(title)
msgid "Your application connects to this IP address"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml917(para)
msgid ""
"The trove <placeholder-1/> command displays the IP address of the query "
"router. This is the IP address your application uses to retrieve data from "
"the database."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml922(title)
msgid "List cluster instances"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml923(para)
msgid ""
"List the instances in a cluster by using the trove <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml933(title)
msgid "Naming conventions for replication sets and instances"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml934(para)
msgid ""
"Note that the <literal>Name</literal> column displays an instance name that "
"includes the replication set name. The replication set names and instance "
"names are automatically generated, following these rules:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml939(title)
msgid "Replication set name"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml940(para)
msgid ""
"This name consists of the cluster name, followed by the string "
"-rs<replaceable>n</replaceable>, where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 1 for"
" the first replication set you create, 2 for the second replication set, and"
" so on. In this example, the cluster name is <literal>cluster1</literal>, "
"and there is only one replication set, so the replication set name is "
"<literal>cluster1-rs1</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml945(title)
msgid "Instance name"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml946(para)
msgid ""
"This name consists of the replication set name followed by the string "
"-<replaceable>n</replaceable>, where <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 1 for "
"the first instance in a replication set, 2 for the the second instance, and "
"so on. In this example, the instance names are "
"<literal>cluster1-rs1-1</literal>, <literal>cluster1-rs1-2</literal>, and "
"<literal>cluster1-rs1-3</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml952(title)
msgid "List clusters"
msgstr "クラスターの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml953(para)
msgid ""
"List all the clusters in your system, using the trove <placeholder-1/> "
"command."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、システムにあるすべてのクラスターを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml963(title)
msgid "Delete a cluster"
msgstr "クラスターの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml964(para)
msgid "Delete a cluster, using the trove <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "trove <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用して、クラスターを削除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml969(title)
msgid "Query routers and config servers"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml970(para)
msgid ""
"Each cluster includes at least one query router and one config server. Query"
" routers and config servers count against your quota. When you delete a "
"cluster, the system deletes the associated query router(s) and config "
"server(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml10(title)
msgid "Object versioning"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"You can store multiple versions of your content so that you can recover from"
" unintended overwrites. Object versioning is an easy way to implement "
"version control, which you can use with any type of content."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"You cannot version a large-object manifest file, but the large-object "
"manifest file can point to versioned segments."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml20(para)
msgid ""
"We strongly recommended that you put non-current objects in a different "
"container than the container where current object versions reside."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml24(title)
msgid "To enable and use object versioning"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"To enable object versioning, ask your cloud provider to set the "
"<placeholder-1/> option to <literal>TRUE</literal> in the container "
"configuration file."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml32(para)
msgid ""
"Create an <literal>archive</literal> container to store older versions of "
"objects:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml42(para)
msgid ""
"Create a <literal>current</literal> container to store current versions of "
"objects."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml44(para)
msgid ""
"Include the <literal>X-Versions-Location</literal> header. This header "
"defines the container that holds the non-current versions of your objects. "
"You must UTF-8-encode and then URL-encode the container name before you "
"include it in the <code>X-Versions-Location</code> header. This header "
"enables object versioning for all objects in the <literal>current</literal> "
"container. Changes to objects in the <literal>current</literal> container "
"automatically create non-current versions in the <literal>archive</literal> "
"container."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml63(para)
msgid ""
"Create the first version of an object in the <literal>current</literal> "
"container:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml73(para)
msgid ""
"Nothing is written to the non-current version container when you initially "
"an object in the current container. However, subsequent requests that edit "
"an object trigger the creation of a version of that object in the archive "
"container."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml79(para)
msgid "These non-current versions are named as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml82(para)
msgid ""
"Where <literal>length</literal> is the 3-character, zero-padded hexadecimal "
"character length of the object, <literal>&lt;object_name&gt;</literal> is "
"the object name, and <literal>&lt;timestamp&gt;</literal> is the time when "
"the object was initially created as a current version."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"Create a second version of the object in the <literal>current</literal> "
"container:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml101(para)
msgid ""
"Issue a request to a versioned object to get the current version of the "
"object. You do not have to do any request redirects or metadata lookups."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml104(para)
msgid ""
"List older versions of the object in the <literal>archive</literal> "
"container:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml119(para)
msgid ""
"A request to a versioned object updates only the metadata for the object and"
" does not create a new version of the object. New versions are created only "
"when the content of the object changes."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml127(para)
msgid ""
"Issue a request to a versioned object to remove the current version of the "
"object and replace it with the next-most current version in the non-current "
"container."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml137(para)
msgid ""
"List objects in the <literal>archive</literal> container to show that the "
"archived object was moved back to the <literal>current</literal> container:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml151(para)
msgid ""
"This next-most current version carries with it any metadata last set on it. "
"If you want to completely remove an object and you have five versions of it,"
" you must it five times."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml157(para)
msgid ""
"To disable object versioning for the <literal>current</literal> container, "
"remove its <literal>X-Versions-Location</literal> metadata header by sending"
" an empty key value."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml7(title)
msgid "Launch and manage instances"
msgstr "インスタンスの起動と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"You can <link linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\">launch an "
"instance</link> from the following sources:"
msgstr "以下のソースから<link linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\">インスタンスを起動</link>できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"Images uploaded to the OpenStack Image Service, as described in <xref "
"linkend=\"dashboard_manage_images\"/>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"dashboard_manage_images\"/>に記載されているとおり、OpenStack Image Service にアップロードされたイメージ。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Image that you have copied to a persistent volume. The instance launches "
"from the volume, which is provided by the <systemitem class=\"service"
"\">cinder-volume</systemitem> API through iSCSI."
msgstr "永続ストレージにコピーしたイメージ。インスタンスは、iSCSI 経由で <systemitem class=\"service\">cinder-volume</systemitem> API により提供される、ボリュームから起動します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml24(title)
msgid "Connect to your instance by using SSH"
msgstr "インスタンスへの SSH 接続"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml25(para)
msgid ""
"To use SSH to connect to your instance, you use the downloaded keypair file."
msgstr "インスタンスに SSH 接続するために、ダウンロードしたキーペアファイルを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"The user name is <literal>ubuntu</literal> for the Ubuntu cloud images on "
"TryStack."
msgstr "TryStack の Ubuntu クラウドイメージのユーザー名は <literal>ubuntu</literal> です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml33(para)
msgid "Copy the IP address for your instance."
msgstr "インスタンスの IP アドレスをコピーします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <placeholder-1/> command to make a secure connection to the "
"instance. For example:"
msgstr "インスタンスにセキュアに接続するために <placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用します。例:"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml42(para)
msgid "At the prompt, type <literal>yes</literal>."
msgstr "プロンプトに <literal>yes</literal> と入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml48(title)
msgid "Track usage for instances"
msgstr "インスタンスの使用状況の確認"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml49(para)
msgid ""
"You can track usage for instances for each project. You can track costs per "
"month by showing metrics like number of vCPUs, disks, RAM, and uptime for "
"all your instances."
msgstr "プロジェクトごとのインスタンスの使用状況を確認できます。すべてのインスタンスの仮想 CPU 数、ディスク、メモリ、起動時間のような測定項目を表示することにより、月ごとのコストを確認できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml55(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Overview</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guibutton>概要</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml59(para)
msgid ""
"To query the instance usage for a month, select a month and click "
"<guibutton>Submit</guibutton>."
msgstr "ある月のインスタンス使用状況を問い合わせるために、月を選択し、<guibutton>送信</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml64(para)
msgid ""
"To download a summary, click <guibutton>Download CSV Summary</guibutton>."
msgstr "概要をダウンロードするために、<guibutton>概要 CSV のダウンロード</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml73(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml99(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Instances</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>インスタンス</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml77(para)
msgid "Select the instance from which to create a snapshot."
msgstr "スナップショットを作成するインスタンスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, click <guilabel>Create "
"Snapshot</guilabel>."
msgstr "<guilabel>操作</guilabel>の列で、<guilabel>スナップショットの作成</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Snapshot dialog box, enter a name for the snapshot, and click "
"<guibutton>Create Snapshot</guibutton>."
msgstr "スナップショットの作成ダイアログボックスで、スナップショットの名前を入力し、<guibutton>スナップショットの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml86(para)
msgid "The <guilabel>Images</guilabel> category shows the instance snapshot."
msgstr "インスタンスのスナップショットが<guilabel>イメージ</guilabel>カテゴリーに表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml90(para)
msgid ""
"To launch an instance from the snapshot, select the snapshot and click "
"<guibutton>Launch</guibutton>. Proceed with <xref "
"linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\"/>."
msgstr "スナップショットからインスタンスを起動するために、スナップショットを選択し、<guibutton>起動</guibutton>をクリックします。<xref linkend=\"dashboard_launch_instances_from_image\"/>に進みます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml96(title)
msgid "Manage an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml103(para)
msgid "Select an instance."
msgstr "インスタンスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml106(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>More</guilabel> list in the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> "
"column, select the state."
msgstr "<guilabel>アクション</guilabel>列の<guilabel>▼</guilabel>ドロップダウンリストで状態を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml108(para)
msgid ""
"You can resize or rebuild an instance. You can also choose to view the "
"instance console log, edit instance or the security groups. Depending on the"
" current state of the instance, you can pause, resume, suspend, soft or hard"
" reboot, or terminate it."
msgstr "インスタンスのリサイズや再構築をできます。インスタンスのコンソールログを表示するため、インスタンスやセキュリティグループを編集するためにも選択できます。インスタンスの現在の状態によって、インスタンスを一時停止、再開、サスペンド、ソフトリブート、ハードリブート、終了できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml7(title)
msgid "Discoverability"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Your Object Storage system might not enable all features that this document "
"describes. These features are:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml27(para)
msgid ""
"To discover which features are enabled in your Object Storage system, use "
"the <literal>/info</literal> request."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"To use the <literal>/info</literal> request, send a request using the /info "
"path to the Object Store endpoint as shown in this example:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml33(para)
msgid "This example shows a truncated response body:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml45(para)
msgid ""
"This output shows that the Object Storage system has enabled the static "
"website and temporary URL features."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml49(para)
msgid ""
"In some cases, the <literal>/info</literal> request will return an error. "
"This could be because your service provider has disabled the "
"<literal>/info</literal> request function, or because you are using an older"
" version that does not support it."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml7(title)
msgid "Provide user data to instances"
msgstr "インスタンスへのユーザーデータの提供"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"A <glossterm baseform=\"user data\">user data</glossterm> file is a special "
"key in the metadata service that holds a file that cloud-aware applications "
"in the guest instance can access. For example, one application that uses "
"user data is the <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CloudInit"
"\">cloud-init</link> system, which is an open-source package from Ubuntu "
"that is available on various Linux distributions and which handles early "
"initialization of a cloud instance."
msgstr "<glossterm baseform=\"user data\">ユーザーデータ</glossterm>ファイルは、メタデータサービス内の特別キーで、ゲストインスタンスにあるクラウド対応アプリケーションがアクセス可能なファイルを保持します。例えば、ユーザーデータを使用するアプリケーションの 1 つは <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CloudInit\">cloud-init</link> システムです。これは、さまざまな Linux ディストリビューションで利用可能な Ubuntu 発祥のオープンソースパッケージです。クラウドインスタンスの初期設定を処理します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"You can place user data in a local file and pass it through the <parameter"
">--user-data &lt;user-data-file&gt;</parameter> parameter at instance "
"creation:"
msgstr "インスタンス作成時に <parameter>--user-data &lt;user-data-file&gt;</parameter> パラメーターを使用して、ローカルファイルのユーザーデータを渡すことができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml7(title)
msgid "Access an instance through a console"
msgstr "コンソール経由のインスタンスへのアクセス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"In order to see the console output of an instance, regardless of whether or "
"not the console log has output, either VNC or SPICE is used. This allows for"
" relaying keyboard and mouse activity to and from the instance in question."
msgstr "コンソールログの出力があるかないかによらず、インスタンスのコンソール出力を参照するために、VNC や SPICE が使用されます。これにより、キーボードやマウスの操作をインスタンスに中継できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"There are three common remote console access methods in use with OpenStack:"
msgstr "OpenStack で一般的に使用されるリモートコンソールアクセスが 3 つあります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml15(term)
msgid "novnc"
msgstr "novnc"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml16(para)
msgid "An in-browser VNC client implemented using HTML5 Canvas and WebSockets"
msgstr "HTML5 Canvas と WebSockets を用いて実装された、ブラウザー型 VNC クライアント"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml19(term)
msgid "spice"
msgstr "spice"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml20(para)
msgid ""
"A complete in-browser client solution for interaction with virtualized "
"instances"
msgstr "仮想化されたインスタンスと通信するための、完全なブラウザー型クライアントソリューション"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml23(term)
msgid "xvpvnc"
msgstr "xvpvnc"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml24(para)
msgid "A Java client offering console access to an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスへのコンソールアクセスを提供する Java クライアント"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml28(para)
msgid "Example:"
msgstr "例:"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"To access an instance through a remote console, run the following command:"
msgstr "以下のコマンドを実行して、リモートコンソール経由でインスタンスにアクセスします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml30(replaceable)
msgid "VNC_TYPE"
msgstr "VNC_TYPE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml31(para)
msgid "The command returns a URL from which you can access your instance:"
msgstr "このコマンドは、インスタンスにアクセスするための URL を返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml37(para)
msgid ""
"<replaceable>VNC_TYPE</replaceable> can be replaced by any of the above "
"values as connection types."
msgstr "<replaceable>VNC_TYPE</replaceable> は、接続形式として上の値のどれかで置き換えられます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml39(para)
msgid ""
"When using SPICE to view the console of an instance, a browser plugin can be"
" used directly on the instance page, or the <placeholder-1/> command can be "
"used with it, as well, by returning a token-authenticated address such as "
"the one above."
msgstr "SPICE を用いてインスタンスのコンソールを表示しているとき、ブラウザーのプラグインは、インスタンスのページでそのまま使用できます。または、<placeholder-1/> コマンドは、上に示されているようなトークン認証済みアドレスを返すことにより、同様に使用できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml44(para)
msgid ""
"For further information and comparisons (including security considerations, "
"please see the <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/security-"
"guide/content/ch026_compute.html\">security guide</link>."
msgstr "詳細と比較 (セキュリティ考慮事項を含む) は、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/security-guide/content/ch026_compute.html\">セキュリティガイド</link>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_cli.xml10(title)
msgid "OpenStack command-line clients"
msgstr "OpenStack コマンドラインクライアント"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"To use the information in this section, you should have a general "
"understanding of OpenStack Networking, OpenStack Compute, and the "
"integration between the two. You should also have access to a plug-in that "
"implements the Networking API v2.0."
msgstr "このセクションにある情報を利用するために、OpenStack Networking、OpenStack Compute、それらの統合について基本を理解しておくべきです。また、Networking API v2.0 を実装するプラグインへのアクセス権を持つべきです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml16(para)
msgid "Make sure that you set the relevant environment variables."
msgstr "関連する環境変数をきちんと設定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml18(para)
msgid ""
"As an example, see the sample shell file that sets these variables to get "
"credentials:"
msgstr "例として、クレデンシャルを取得するために、これらの変数を設定するサンプルシェルファイルを参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml21(replaceable)
msgid "password"
msgstr "password"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml23(replaceable)
msgid "IPADDRESS"
msgstr "IPADDRESS"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml26(title)
msgid "Get credentials"
msgstr "クレデンシャルの取得"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml27(para)
msgid ""
"The examples in this section use the <code>get_credentials</code> method:"
msgstr "このセクションにある例は <code>get_credentials</code> メソッドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml39(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <code>get_credentials()</code> method to populate and get a "
"dictionary:"
msgstr "辞書を生成し、取得するために、<code>get_credentials()</code> メソッドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml44(title)
msgid "Get Nova credentials"
msgstr "Nova クレデンシャルの取得"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml45(para)
msgid ""
"Few examples in this section use the <code>get_nova_credentials</code> "
"method:"
msgstr "このセクションにある例は <code>get_nova_credentials</code> メソッドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml57(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <code>get_nova_credentials()</code> method to populate and get a "
"dictionary:"
msgstr "辞書を生成し、取得するために、<code>get_nova_credentials()</code> メソッドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml63(title)
msgid "Print values"
msgstr "値の表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml64(para)
msgid ""
"The examples in this section use the <code>print_values</code> and "
"<code>print_values_server</code> methods:"
msgstr "このセクションにある例は <code>print_values</code> メソッドと <code>print_values_server</code> メソッドを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml95(para)
msgid ""
"This code resides in the <filename>utils.py</filename> file, which all "
"samples import."
msgstr "このコードは <filename>utils.py</filename> ファイルにあります。すべてのサンプルがこれをインポートします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml100(para)
msgid "The following program creates a network:"
msgstr "以下のプログラムはネットワークを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml126(title)
msgid "List networks"
msgstr "ネットワークの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml127(para)
msgid "The following program lists networks:"
msgstr "以下のプログラムはネットワークを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml138(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml197(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml438(para)
msgid ""
"For <code>print_values</code> see <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_print_values\"/>."
msgstr "<code>print_values</code> は <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_print_values\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml143(title)
msgid "Create ports"
msgstr "ポートの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml144(para)
msgid "The following program creates a port:"
msgstr "以下のプログラムはポートを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml175(para)
msgid ""
"For <code>get_nova_credentials</code> see <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "<code>get_nova_credentials</code> は <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml178(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml194(para)
msgid ""
"For <code>get_credentials</code> see <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "<code>get_credentials</code> は <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml183(title)
msgid "List ports"
msgstr "ポートの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml184(para)
msgid "The following program lists ports:"
msgstr "以下のプログラムはポートを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml202(title)
msgid "List server ports"
msgstr "サーバーポートの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml203(para)
msgid "The following program lists the ports for a server:"
msgstr "以下のプログラムがサーバーのポートを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml239(title)
msgid "Create router and add port to subnet"
msgstr "ルーターの作成とサブネットへのポートの追加"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml240(para)
msgid ""
"This example queries OpenStack Networking to create a router and add a port "
"to a subnet."
msgstr "この例は、ルーターを作成し、サブネットにポートを追加するために、OpenStack Networking にクエリーを発行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml243(title)
msgid "To create a router and add a port to a subnet"
msgstr "ルーターの作成とサブネットへのポートの追加の方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml254(para)
msgid ""
"Get Nova Credentials. See <xref "
"linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "Nova クレデンシャルを取得します。<xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_nova_credentials\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml266(para)
msgid "Create a router and add a port to the subnet:"
msgstr "ルーターを作成し、サブネットにポートを追加します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml296(title)
msgid "Create router: complete code listing"
msgstr "ルーターの作成: コード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml335(title)
msgid "Delete a network"
msgstr "ネットワークの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml336(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to delete a network."
msgstr "この例は、ネットワークを削除するために、OpenStack Networking にクエリーを発行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml339(title)
msgid "To delete a network"
msgstr "ネットワークの削除方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml346(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml422(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml472(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml521(para)
msgid "Get credentials. See <xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/>."
msgstr "クレデンシャルを取得します。<xref linkend=\"sdk_neutron_get_credentials\"/>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml351(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml427(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml477(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml526(para)
msgid ""
"Instantiate the <literal>neutron</literal> client object by using the "
"<literal>credentials</literal> dictionary object:"
msgstr "<literal>credentials</literal> 辞書オブジェクトを使用して、<literal>neutron</literal> クライアントオブジェクトのインスタンスを生成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml358(para)
msgid "Delete the network:"
msgstr "ネットワークを削除します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml380(title)
msgid "Delete network: complete code listing"
msgstr "ネットワークの削除: コード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml410(title)
msgid "List routers"
msgstr "ルーターの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml411(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list all routers."
msgstr "この例は、すべてのルーターを一覧表示するために、OpenStack Networking にクエリーを発行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml414(title)
msgid "To list routers"
msgstr "ルーターの一覧表示方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml434(para)
msgid "List the routers"
msgstr "ルーターの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml444(title)
msgid "List routers: complete code listing"
msgstr "ルーターの一覧表示: コード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml460(title)
msgid "List security groups"
msgstr "セキュリティグループの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml461(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list security groups."
msgstr "この例は、セキュリティグループを一覧表示するために、OpenStack Networking にクエリーを発行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml464(title)
msgid "To list security groups"
msgstr "セキュリティグループの一覧表示方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml484(para)
msgid "List Security groups"
msgstr "セキュリティグループの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml490(title)
msgid "List security groups: complete code listing"
msgstr "セキュリティグループの一覧表示: コード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml502(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack Networking security groups are case-sensitive while the "
"<systemitem class=\"service\">nova-network</systemitem> security groups are "
"case-insensitive."
msgstr "<systemitem class=\"service\">nova-network</systemitem> のセキュリティグループは大文字小文字を区別しませんが、OpenStack Networking のセキュリティグループは区別します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml509(title)
msgid "List subnets"
msgstr "サブネットの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml510(para)
msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list subnets."
msgstr "この例は、サブネットを一覧表示するために、OpenStack Networking にクエリーを発行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml513(title)
msgid "To list subnets"
msgstr "サブネットの一覧表示方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml533(para)
msgid "List subnets:"
msgstr "サブネットを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml539(title)
msgid "List subnets: complete code listing"
msgstr "サブネットの一覧表示: コード全体"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml10(title)
msgid "Serialized response formats"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"By default, the Object Storage API uses a <literal>text/plain</literal> "
"response format. In addition, both JSON and XML data serialization response "
"formats are supported."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"To run the cURL command examples, you must export <link linkend=\"env-"
"vars\">environment variables</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml20(para)
msgid "To define the response format, use one of these methods:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml25(th)
msgid "Method"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml31(para)
msgid "<code>format=<replaceable>format</replaceable></code> query parameter"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"Append this parameter to the URL for a <command "
"xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\">GET</command> request, where "
"<replaceable>format</replaceable> is <code>json</code> or <code>xml</code>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml42(para)
msgid "<literal>Accept</literal> request header"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml45(para)
msgid ""
"Include this header in the <command "
"xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\">GET</command> request. The valid "
"header values are:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml51(para)
msgid "Plain text response format. The default."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml56(code)
msgid "application/jsontext"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml58(para)
msgid "JSON data serialization response format."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml63(term)
msgid "<code>application/xml</code>or <code>text/xml</code>"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml66(para)
msgid "XML data serialization response format."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml76(title)
msgid "JSON example with format query parameter"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml77(para)
msgid ""
"For example, this request uses the <parameter>format</parameter> query "
"parameter to ask for a JSON response:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"Object Storage lists container names with additional information in JSON "
"format:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml108(title)
msgid "XML example with Accept header"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml109(para)
msgid ""
"This request uses the <literal>Accept</literal> request header to ask for an"
" XML response:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml123(para)
msgid ""
"Object Storage lists container names with additional information in XML "
"format:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml138(para)
msgid ""
"The remainder of the examples in this guide use standard, non-serialized "
"responses. However, all <command "
"xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\">GET</command> requests that perform "
"list operations accept the <parameter>format</parameter> query parameter or "
"<literal>Accept</literal> request header."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml7(title)
msgid "Page through large lists of containers or objects"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"If you have a large number of containers or objects, you can use the "
"<parameter>marker</parameter>, <parameter>limit</parameter>, and "
"<parameter>end_marker</parameter> parameters to control how many items are "
"returned in a list and where the list starts or ends."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml16(parameter)
msgid "marker"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml18(para)
msgid ""
"When you request a list of containers or objects, Object Storage returns a "
"maximum of 10,000 names for each request. To get subsequent names, you must "
"make another request with the <parameter>marker</parameter> parameter. Set "
"the <literal>marker</literal> parameter to the name of the last item "
"returned in the previous list. You must URL-encode the "
"<parameter>marker</parameter> value before you send the HTTP request. Object"
" Storage returns a maximum of 10,000 names starting after the last item "
"returned."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml33(parameter)
msgid "limit"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml35(para)
msgid ""
"To return fewer than 10,000 names, use the <parameter>limit</parameter> "
"parameter. If the number of names returned equals the specified "
"<parameter>limit</parameter> (or 10,000 if you omit the "
"<parameter>limit</parameter> parameter), you can assume there are more names"
" to list. If the number of names in the list is exactly divisible by the "
"<parameter>limit</parameter> value, the last request has no content."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml47(parameter)
msgid "end_marker"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml49(para)
msgid ""
"Limits the result set to names that are less than the "
"<parameter>end_marker</parameter> parameter value. You must URL-encode the "
"<parameter>end_marker</parameter> value before you send the HTTP request."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml58(title)
msgid "To page through a large list of containers"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml59(para)
msgid "Assume the following list of container names:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml66(para)
msgid "Use a <parameter>limit</parameter> of two:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml70(para)
msgid ""
"Because two container names are returned, there are more names to list."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml74(para)
msgid ""
"Make another request with a <parameter>marker</parameter> parameter set to "
"the name of the last item returned:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml80(para)
msgid "Again, two items are returned, and there might be more."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"Make another request with a <parameter>marker</parameter> of the last item "
"returned:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"You receive a one-item response, which is fewer than the "
"<parameter>limit</parameter> number of names. This indicates that this is "
"the end of the list."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml94(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <parameter>end_marker</parameter> parameter to limit the result set "
"to object names that are less than the <parameter>end_marker</parameter> "
"parameter value:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml102(para)
msgid ""
"You receive a result set of all container names before the <parameter>end-"
"marker</parameter> value."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate against a Compute endpoint"
msgstr "Compute エンドポイントへの認証"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To authenticate against a Compute endpoint, instantiate a <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.client.html#novaclient.v1_1.client.Client\"> "
"novaclient.v_1_1.client.Client</link> object:"
msgstr "Compute エンドポイントに認証するために、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.client.html#novaclient.v1_1.client.Client\"> novaclient.v_1_1.client.Client</link> オブジェクトのインスタンスを生成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you can instantiate a "
"<classname>novaclient.client.Client</classname> object and pass the version "
"number:"
msgstr "代わりに、<classname>novaclient.client.Client</classname> オブジェクトのインスタンスを生成し、バージョン番号を渡すこともできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml29(para)
msgid ""
"If you authenticate against an endpoint that uses a custom authentication "
"back end, you must load the authentication plug-in and pass it to the "
"constructor."
msgstr "カスタム認証バックエンドを使用するエンドポイントに対して認証する場合、その認証プラグインを読み込み、それをコンストラクターに渡す必要があります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml32(para)
msgid ""
"The Rackspace public cloud is an OpenStack deployment that uses a custom "
"authentication back end. To authenticate against this cloud, you must "
"install the <link href=\"https://pypi.python.org/pypi/rackspace-"
"novaclient/\"> rackspace-novaclient</link> library that contains the "
"Rackspace authentication plug-in, called <literal>rackspace</literal>. The "
"following Python code shows the additional modifications required to "
"instantiate a <classname>Client</classname> object that can authenticate "
"against the Rackspace custom authentication back end."
msgstr "Rackspace パブリッククラウドは、カスタム認証バックエンドを使用する OpenStack 環境です。このクラウドに対して認証するために、<literal>rackspace</literal> という Rackspace 認証プラグインを含む、<link href=\"https://pypi.python.org/pypi/rackspace-novaclient/\"> rackspace-novaclient</link> ライブラリをインストールする必要があります。以下の Python コードは、Rackspace のカスタム認証バックエンドに対して認証できる、<classname>Client</classname> オブジェクトのインスタンスを生成するために、少し修正したものを示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"If you set the <literal>OS_AUTH_SYSTEM</literal> environment variable, check"
" for this variable in your Python script to determine whether you need to "
"load a custom authentication back end:"
msgstr "<literal>OS_AUTH_SYSTEM</literal> 環境変数を設定した場合、カスタム認証バックエンドを読み込む必要があるかどうかを判断するために、Python スクリプトでこの変数を確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml8(title)
msgid "Bulk delete"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"With bulk delete, you can delete up to 10,000 objects or containers "
"(configurable) in one request."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml15(title)
msgid "Bulk delete request"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"To perform a bulk delete operation, add the <parameter>bulk-"
"delete</parameter> query parameter to the path of a or operation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml20(para)
msgid "The operation is supported for backwards compatibility."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"The path is the account, such as <literal>/v1/12345678912345</literal>, that"
" contains the objects and containers."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"In the request body of the or operation, list the objects or containers to "
"be deleted. Separate each name with a newline character. You can include a "
"maximum of 10,000 items (configurable) in the list."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml30(para)
msgid "In addition, you must:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml33(para)
msgid "UTF-8-encode and then URL-encode the names."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml37(para)
msgid ""
"To indicate an object, specify the container and object name as: "
"<literal><replaceable>CONTAINER_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>OBJECT_NAME</replaceable></literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml42(para)
msgid ""
"To indicate a container, specify the container name as: "
"<literal><replaceable>CONTAINER_NAME</replaceable></literal>. Make sure that"
" the container is empty. If it contains objects, Object Storage cannot "
"delete the container."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"Set the <literal>Content-Type</literal> request header to "
"<literal>text/plain</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml56(title)
msgid "Bulk delete response"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml57(para)
msgid ""
"When Object Storage processes the request, it performs multiple sub-"
"operations. Even if all sub-operations fail, the operation returns a "
"<returnvalue>200</returnvalue> status. The bulk operation returns a response"
" body that contains details that indicate which sub-operations have "
"succeeded and failed. Some sub-operations might succeed while others fail. "
"Examine the response body to determine the results of each delete sub-"
"operation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml65(para)
msgid ""
"You can set the <literal>Accept</literal> request header to one of the "
"following values to define the response format:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml70(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>text/plain</literal>. Formats response as plain text. If you omit "
"the <literal>Accept</literal> header, <literal>text/plain</literal> is the "
"default."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml77(para)
msgid "<literal>application/json</literal>. Formats response as JSON."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml81(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>application/xml</literal> or <literal>text/xml</literal>. Formats "
"response as XML."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml86(para)
msgid "The response body contains the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml90(para)
msgid "The number of files actually deleted."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml93(para)
msgid "The number of not found objects."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"Errors. A list of object names and associated error statuses for the objects"
" that failed to delete. The format depends on the value that you set in the "
"<literal>Accept</literal> header."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"The following bulk delete response is in <literal>application/xml</literal> "
"format. In this example, the <literal>mycontainer</literal> container is not"
" empty, so it cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml7(title)
msgid "Search for an instance using IP address"
msgstr "IP アドレスを用いたインスタンスの検索"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"You can search for an instance using the IP address parameter, "
"<literal>--ip</literal>, with the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> コマンドの <literal>--ip</literal> オプションを用いて、IP アドレスをパラメーターにして、インスタンスを検索できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml11(parameter)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml14(parameter)
msgid "ip"
msgstr "ip"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the results of a search on "
"<filename>10.0.0.4</filename>."
msgstr "以下の例は、<filename>10.0.0.4</filename> の検索結果です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml14(replaceable)
msgid "10.0.0.4"
msgstr "10.0.0.4"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml7(title)
msgid "Launch and manage stacks"
msgstr "スタックの起動と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"OpenStack Orchestration is a service that you can use to orchestrate "
"multiple composite cloud applications. This service supports use of both the"
" Amazon Web Services (AWS) CloudFormation template format through both a "
"Query API that is compatible with CloudFormation and the native OpenStack "
"<glossterm>Heat Orchestration Template (HOT)</glossterm> format through a "
"REST API."
msgstr "OpenStack Orchestration は、複数から構成されたクラウドアプリケーションを統合するために使用できるサービスです。このサービスは、CloudFormation 互換の Query API 経由の Amazon Web Services (AWS) CloudFormation テンプレート形式、REST API 経由のネイティブ OpenStack <glossterm>Heat Orchestration Template (HOT)</glossterm> 形式の使用をサポートします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml31(title)
msgid "Launch a stack"
msgstr "スタックの起動"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Stacks</guibutton> in the <guilabel>Orchestration</guilabel> "
"category on the <guilabel>Projects</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>プロジェクト</guilabel>タブにある<guilabel>オーケストレーション</guilabel>カテゴリーの<guibutton>スタック</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml40(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Launch Stack</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>スタックの起動</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml44(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Select Template</guilabel> dialog box, specify the "
"following values."
msgstr "<guilabel>テンプレートの選択</guilabel>ダイアログボックスで以下の値を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml51(guilabel)
msgid "Template Source"
msgstr "テンプレートの指定方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml52(para)
msgid "Choose the source of the template from the list."
msgstr "テンプレートのソースを一覧から選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml55(guilabel)
msgid "Template URL/File/Data"
msgstr "テンプレート URL/ファイル/データ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml56(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the source that you selected, enter the URL, browse to the file"
" location, or directly include the template."
msgstr "選択したソースに応じて、URL を入力する、ファイルの場所を指定する、テンプレートを直接取り込みます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml61(guilabel)
msgid "Environment Source"
msgstr "環境設定の指定方法"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml62(para)
msgid ""
"Choose the source of the environment from the list. The environment files "
"contain additional settings for the stack."
msgstr "環境のソースを一覧から選択します。環境ファイルは、スタック向けの追加の文字列を含みます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml67(guilabel)
msgid "Environment URL/File/Data"
msgstr "環境 URL/ファイル/データ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml68(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the source that you selected, enter the URL, browse to the file"
" location, or directly include the environment."
msgstr "選択したソースに応じて、URL を入力する、ファイルの場所を指定する、環境を直接取り込みます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml76(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml194(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>次へ</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Launch Stack</guilabel> dialog box, specify the following "
"values."
msgstr "<guilabel>スタックの起動</guilabel>ダイアログボックスで以下の値を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml87(guilabel)
msgid "Stack Name"
msgstr "スタック名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml88(para)
msgid "Enter a name to identify the stack."
msgstr "スタックを識別するための名前を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml91(guilabel)
msgid "Creation Timeout (minutes)"
msgstr "作成タイムアウト時間 (分単位)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"Specify the number of minutes that can elapse before the launch of the stack"
" times out."
msgstr "スタック起動のタイムアウトまでの経過時間を分単位で指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml96(guilabel)
msgid "Rollback On Failure"
msgstr "失敗時のロールバック"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"Select this check box if you want if you want the service to roll back "
"changes if the stack fails to launch."
msgstr "スタックの起動に失敗した場合に、サービスの変更をロールバックしたければ、このチェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml102(guilabel)
msgid "Password for user \"demo\""
msgstr "「demo」ユーザーのパスワード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"Specify the password that the default user uses when the stack is created."
msgstr "スタックが作成したデフォルトユーザーが使用するパスワードを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml107(guilabel)
msgid "DBUsername"
msgstr "データベースユーザー名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml108(para)
msgid "Specify the name of the database user."
msgstr "データベースのユーザー名を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml111(guilabel)
msgid "LinuxDistribution"
msgstr "Linux ディストリビューション"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml112(para)
msgid "Specify the Linux distribution that is used in the stack."
msgstr "スタックで使用される Linux ディストリビューションを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml116(guilabel)
msgid "DBRootPassword"
msgstr "データベース root パスワード"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml117(para)
msgid "Specify the root password for the database."
msgstr "データベースのルートパスワードを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml120(guilabel)
msgid "KeyName"
msgstr "キー名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml121(para)
msgid "Specify the name of the key pair to use to log in to the stack."
msgstr "スタックにログインするために使用するキーペアの名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml125(guilabel)
msgid "DBName"
msgstr "データベース名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml126(para)
msgid "Specify the name of the database."
msgstr "データベースの名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml129(guilabel)
msgid "DBPassword"
msgstr "DBPassword"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml130(para)
msgid "Specify the password for the database."
msgstr "データベースのパスワードを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml133(guilabel)
msgid "InstanceType"
msgstr "InstanceType"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml134(para)
msgid "Specify the flavor for the instance."
msgstr "インスタンスのフレーバーを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml140(para)
msgid "Click <guilabel>Launch</guilabel> to create a stack."
msgstr "スタックを作成するために<guilabel>起動</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml144(para)
msgid "The <guilabel>Stacks</guilabel> tab shows the stack."
msgstr "スタックが<guilabel>スタック</guilabel>タブに表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml147(para)
msgid ""
"After the stack is created, click on the stack name to see the following "
"details:"
msgstr "スタックの作成後、スタック名をクリックして、以下の詳細を参照できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml151(guilabel)
msgid "Topology"
msgstr "トポロジー"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml153(para)
msgid "The topology of the stack."
msgstr "スタックのトポロジー。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml157(guilabel)
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概要"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml159(para)
msgid "The parameters and details of the stack."
msgstr "スタックのパラメーターと詳細。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml163(guilabel)
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "リソース"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml165(para)
msgid "The resources used by the stack."
msgstr "スタックにより使用されたリソース。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml169(guilabel)
msgid "Events"
msgstr "イベント"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml171(para)
msgid "The events related to the stack."
msgstr "スタックに関連するイベント。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml177(title)
msgid "Manage a stack"
msgstr "スタックの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml180(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml210(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Stacks</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>スタック</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml184(para)
msgid "Select the stack that you want to update."
msgstr "更新したいスタックを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml187(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Change Stack Template</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>スタックテンプレートの変更</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Select Template</guilabel> dialog box, select the new "
"template source or environment source."
msgstr "<guilabel>テンプレートの選択</guilabel>ダイアログボックスで、新しいテンプレートのソースまたは環境のソースを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml195(para)
msgid "The <guilabel>Update Stack Parameters</guilabel> window appears."
msgstr "<guilabel>スタックパラメーターの更新</guilabel>ウィンドウが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml198(para)
msgid "Enter new values for any parameters that you want to update."
msgstr "更新したいパラメーターの新しい値を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml201(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Update</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>更新</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml206(title)
msgid "Delete a stack"
msgstr "スタックの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml207(para)
msgid "When you delete a stack, you cannot undo this action."
msgstr "スタックを削除するとき、この操作を取り消しできません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml214(para)
msgid "Select the stack that you want to delete."
msgstr "削除したいスタックを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml217(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Delete Stack</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>スタックの削除</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml221(para)
msgid ""
"In the confirmation dialog box, click <guibutton>Delete Stack</guibutton> to"
" confirm the deletion."
msgstr "確認ダイアログで、削除を確認するために、<guibutton>スタックの削除</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml7(title)
msgid "Authenticate"
msgstr "認証"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"When using the SDK, you must authenticate against an OpenStack endpoint "
"before you can use OpenStack services. Each project uses a slightly "
"different syntax for authentication."
msgstr "SDK を使用する際、OpenStack のサービスを利用する前に、OpenStack のエンドポイントに対して認証する必要があります。各プロジェクトは、認証の構文が微妙に異なります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"You must typically authenticate against a specific version of a service. For"
" example, a client might need to authenticate against Identity v2.0."
msgstr "一般的に、サービスの特定のバージョンに対して認証する必要があります。例えば、クライアントが Identity v2.0 に対して認証する必要があるかもしれません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Python scripts that use the OpenStack SDK must have access to the "
"credentials contained in the <link linkend=\"cli_openrc\">OpenStack RC "
"file</link>. Because credentials are sensitive information, do not include "
"them in your scripts. This guide assumes that users source the "
"<filename><replaceable>PROJECT</replaceable>-openrc.sh</filename> file and "
"access the credentials by using the environment variables in the Python "
"scripts."
msgstr "OpenStack SDK を使用する Python スクリプトは、<link linkend=\"cli_openrc\">OpenStack RC ファイル</link>に含まれるクレデンシャルにアクセスする必要があります。クレデンシャルは取り扱いに注意を要する情報であるため、スクリプトに含めてはいけません。このガイドは、ユーザーが <filename><replaceable>PROJECT</replaceable>-openrc.sh</filename> ファイルを読み込み、Python スクリプトで環境変数を使用してクレデンシャルにアクセスすることを仮定しています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"When working with images in the SDK, you will call both "
"<literal>glance</literal> and <literal>nova</literal> methods."
msgstr "SDK でイメージを操作する場合、<literal>glance</literal> メソッドと <literal>nova</literal> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"To list the available images, call the "
"<methodname>glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.list</methodname> method:"
msgstr "利用可能なイメージを一覧表示するために、<methodname>glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.list</methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"The <methodname>images</methodname> method returns a Python generator, as "
"shown in the following interaction with the Python interpreter:"
msgstr "<methodname>images</methodname> メソッドは、以下の Python インタープリターとのやりとりにあるとおり、Python ジェネレーターを返します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml78(title)
msgid "Get image by ID"
msgstr "ID によるイメージの取得"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml79(para)
msgid ""
"To retrieve an image object from its ID, call the <methodname> "
"glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.get</methodname> method:"
msgstr "ID からイメージオブジェクトを取得するために、<methodname> glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.get</methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml89(title)
msgid "Get image by name"
msgstr "名前によるイメージの取得"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml90(para)
msgid ""
"The Image Service Python bindings do not support the retrieval of an image "
"object by name. However, the Compute Python bindings enable you to get an "
"image object by name. To get an image object by name, call the <methodname> "
"novaclient.v1_1.images.ImageManager.find</methodname> method:"
msgstr "Image Service Python バインディングは、名前によるイメージオブジェクトの取得をサポートしません。しかしながら、Compute Python バインディングは、名前によりイメージオブジェクトを取得できます。名前によりイメージオブジェクトを取得するために、<methodname> novaclient.v1_1.images.ImageManager.find</methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"To upload an image, call the <methodname> "
"glanceclient.v2.images.ImageManager.create</methodname> method:"
msgstr "イメージをアップロードするために、<methodname> glanceclient.v2.images.ImageManager.create</methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml7(title)
msgid "Install the OpenStack SDK"
msgstr "OpenStack SDK のインストール"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"Each OpenStack project has its own Python library. These libraries are "
"bundled with the command-line clients. For example, the Python bindings for "
"the Compute API are bundled with the <package>python-novaclient</package> "
"package."
msgstr "各 OpenStack プロジェクトは自身の Python ライブラリを持ちます。これらのライブラリはコマンドラインクライアントに同梱されています。たとえば、Compute API の Python バインドは <package>python-novaclient</package> パッケージに同梱されています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml12(para)
msgid ""
"For details about how to install the clients, see <link "
"linkend=\"install_clients\">install the OpenStack command-line "
"clients</link>."
msgstr "クライアントのインストール方法の詳細は<link linkend=\"install_clients\">OpenStack コマンドラインクライアントのインストール</link>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"Before you launch an instance, you should add security group rules to enable"
" users to ping and use SSH to connect to the instance. Security groups are "
"sets of IP filter rules that define networking access and are applied to all"
" instances within a project. To do so, you either <link "
"linkend=\"security_groups_add_rule\">add rules to the default security "
"group</link> or add a new security group with rules."
msgstr "インスタンスの起動前に、ユーザーがインスタンスに ping と SSH を実行できるよう、セキュリティグループのルールを追加すべきです。セキュリティグループは、ネットワークアクセスを定義し、プロジェクト内のすべてのインスタンスに適用される、IP フィルタールール群です。そうする場合、<link linkend=\"security_groups_add_rule\">default セキュリティグループにルールを追加する</link> か、ルールを持つ新しいセキュリティグループを追加します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml15(para)
msgid ""
"Key pairs are SSH credentials that are injected into an instance when it is "
"launched. To use key pair injection, the image that the instance is based on"
" must contain the <literal>cloud-init</literal> package. Each project should"
" have at least one key pair. For more information, see <xref "
"linkend=\"keypair_add\"/>."
msgstr "キーペアは、インスタンスの起動時に、インスタンスに注入される SSH クレデンシャルです。キーペアを注入するために、インスタンスがベースとするイメージは、<literal>cloud-init</literal> パッケージを含める必要があります。各プロジェクトは、少なくとも 1 つのキーペアを持つべきです。詳細は <xref linkend=\"keypair_add\"/> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml21(para)
msgid ""
"If you have generated a key pair with an external tool, you can import it "
"into OpenStack. The key pair can be used for multiple instances that belong "
"to a project. For more information, see <xref "
"linkend=\"dashboard_import_keypair\"/>."
msgstr "外部ツールを用いてキーペアを作成しても、OpenStack にインポートできます。キーペアは同じプロジェクトの複数のインスタンスに使用できます。詳細は<xref linkend=\"dashboard_import_keypair\"/>を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"When an instance is created in OpenStack, it is automatically assigned a "
"fixed IP address in the network to which the instance is assigned. This IP "
"address is permanently associated with the instance until the instance is "
"terminated. However, in addition to the fixed IP address, a floating IP "
"address can also be attached to an instance. Unlike fixed IP addresses, "
"floating IP addresses are able to have their associations modified at any "
"time, regardless of the state of the instances involved."
msgstr "インスタンスを OpenStack に作成したとき、インスタンスに割り当てられるネットワーク上の固定 IP アドレスが自動的に割り当てられます。この IP アドレスは、インスタンスが終了するまで、インスタンスに割り当てられたままです。しかしながら、固定 IP アドレスに加えて、Floating IP アドレスもインスタンスに割り当てられます。固定 IP アドレスと異なり、Floating IP アドレスは、インスタンスの状態に関わらず、いつでも関連付けを変更できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml36(title)
msgid "Add a rule to the default security group"
msgstr "default セキュリティグループへのルールの追加"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml37(para)
msgid ""
"This procedure enables SSH and ICMP (ping) access to instances. The rules "
"apply to all instances within a given project, and should be set for every "
"project unless there is a reason to prohibit SSH or ICMP access to the "
"instances."
msgstr "この手順により、インスタンスに SSH と ICMP (ping) アクセスできるようになります。ルールは、指定されたプロジェクト内のすべてのインスタンスに適用されます。インスタンスへの SSH や ICMP アクセスを禁止する理由がなければ、すべてのプロジェクトに対して設定すべきです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"This procedure can be adjusted as necessary to add additional security group"
" rules to a project, if your cloud requires them."
msgstr "この手順は、追加のセキュリティグループのルールをプロジェクトに追加するために、必要に応じて調整できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml48(para)
msgid ""
"When adding a rule, you must specify the protocol used with the destination "
"port or source port."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click <guilabel>Access &amp; "
"Security</guilabel>. The <guilabel>Security Groups</guilabel> tab shows the "
"security groups that are available for this project."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>アクセスとセキュリティ</guilabel>をクリックします。<guilabel>セキュリティグループ</guilabel>タブに、このプロジェクトで利用できるセキュリティグループが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml59(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <guilabel>default</guilabel> security group and click "
"<guibutton>Edit Rules</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guilabel>default</guilabel> セキュリティグループを選択し、<guibutton>ルールの編集</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml64(para)
msgid "To allow SSH access, click <guibutton>Add Rule</guibutton>."
msgstr "SSH アクセスを許可するために、<guibutton>ルールの追加</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml68(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml111(para)
msgid "In the Add Rule dialog box, enter the following values:"
msgstr "ルールの追加ダイアログボックスで、以下の値を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml75(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml117(guilabel)
msgid "Rule"
msgstr "ルール"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml77(literal)
msgid "SSH"
msgstr "SSH"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml81(guilabel)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml125(guilabel)
msgid "Remote"
msgstr "接続相手"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml90(literal)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml130(literal)
msgid "0.0.0.0/0"
msgstr "0.0.0.0/0"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"To accept requests from a particular range of IP addresses, specify the IP "
"address block in the <guilabel>CIDR</guilabel> box."
msgstr "特定の IP アドレス範囲からのリクエストを許可する場合、<guilabel>CIDR</guilabel> ボックスに IP アドレスブロックを指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml102(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml135(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>追加</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml103(para)
msgid ""
"Instances will now have SSH port 22 open for requests from any IP address."
msgstr "インスタンスは、すべての IP アドレスからのリクエストに対して、SSH ポート 22 番をオープンします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml107(para)
msgid "To add an ICMP rule, click <guibutton>Add Rule</guibutton>."
msgstr "ICMP ルールを追加するために、<guibutton>ルールの追加</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml118(literal)
msgid "All ICMP"
msgstr "All ICMP"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml121(guilabel)
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "方向"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml122(literal)
msgid "Ingress"
msgstr "受信"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml136(para)
msgid "Instances will now accept all incoming ICMP packets."
msgstr "インスタンスは、すべての ICMP 入力パケットを受け付けます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml143(para)
msgid "Create at least one key pair for each project."
msgstr "プロジェクトごとに少なくとも 1 つのキーペアを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml146(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml175(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml243(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click <guilabel>Access &amp; "
"Security</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>アクセスとセキュリティ</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml151(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml180(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <guilabel>Keypairs</guilabel> tab, which shows the key pairs that "
"are available for this project."
msgstr "<guilabel>キーペア</guilabel>タブをクリックします。このプロジェクトで利用可能なキーペアが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml156(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>キーペアの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml160(para)
msgid ""
"In the Create Keypair dialog box, enter a name for your key pair, and click "
"<guibutton>Create Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "キーペアの作成ダイアログボックスに、キーペアの名前を入力し、<guibutton>キーペアの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml166(para)
msgid "Respond to the prompt to download the key pair."
msgstr "キーペアをダウンロードするために、プロンプトに応答します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml185(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Import Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>キーペアのインポート</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml189(para)
msgid ""
"In the Import Keypair dialog box, enter the name of your key pair, copy the "
"public key into the <guilabel>Public Key</guilabel> box, and then click "
"<guibutton>Import Keypair</guibutton>."
msgstr "キーペアのインポートのダイアログボックスで、キーペアの名前を入力します。<guilabel>公開鍵</guilabel>ボックスに公開鍵をコピーします。そして、<guibutton>キーペアのインポート</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml196(para)
msgid "Save the <filename>*.pem</filename> file locally."
msgstr "ローカルに <filename>*.pem</filename> ファイルを保存します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml198(para)
msgid ""
"To change its permissions so that only you can read and write to the file, "
"run the following command:"
msgstr "あなただけがファイルを読み書きできるようにパーミッションを変更するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml201(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml217(replaceable)
msgid "yourPrivateKey"
msgstr "yourPrivateKey"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml203(para)
msgid ""
"If you are using the dashboard from a Windows computer, use PuTTYgen to load"
" the <filename>*.pem</filename> file and convert and save it as "
"<filename>*.ppk</filename>. For more information see the <link "
"href=\"http://winscp.net/eng/docs/ui_puttygen\">WinSCP web page for "
"PuTTYgen</link>."
msgstr "Windows コンピューターからダッシュボードを使用している場合、<filename>*.pem</filename> ファイルを読み込むために PuTTYgen を使用し、<filename>*.ppk</filename> に変換して保存します。詳細は <link href=\"http://winscp.net/eng/docs/ui_puttygen\">WinSCP web page for PuTTYgen</link> を参照してください。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml215(para)
msgid "To make the key pair known to SSH, run the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr "キーペアを SSH で利用するために、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml220(para)
msgid "The Compute database registers the public key of the key pair."
msgstr "コンピュートのデータベースはキーペアの公開鍵を登録します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml222(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard lists the key pair on the <guilabel>Access &amp; "
"Security</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "ダッシュボードの<guibutton>アクセスとセキュリティ</guibutton>タブにキーペアが一覧表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml226(title)
msgid "Allocate a floating IP address to an instance"
msgstr "インスタンスへの Floating IP アドレスの割り当て"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml227(para)
msgid ""
"When an instance is created in OpenStack, it is automatically assigned a "
"fixed IP address in the network to which the instance is assigned. This IP "
"address is permanently associated with the instance until the instance is "
"terminated."
msgstr "インスタンスを OpenStack に作成したとき、インスタンスに割り当てられるネットワーク上の固定 IP アドレスが自動的に割り当てられます。この IP アドレスは、インスタンスが終了するまで、インスタンスに割り当てられたままです。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml233(para)
msgid ""
"However, in addition to the fixed IP address, a floating IP address can also"
" be attached to an instance. Unlike fixed IP addresses, floating IP "
"addresses can have their associations modified at any time, regardless of "
"the state of the instances involved. This procedure details the reservation "
"of a floating IP address from an existing pool of addresses and the "
"association of that address with a specific instance."
msgstr "しかしながら、固定 IP アドレスに加えて、Floating IP アドレスもインスタンスに割り当てられます。固定 IP アドレスと異なり、インスタンスの状態に関わらず、Floating IP アドレスはいつでも割り当てを変更できます。この手順は、既存のアドレスプールから Floating IP を予約し、このアドレスを特定のインスタンスに割り当てることを詳細に説明します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml247(para)
msgid ""
"Click the <guilabel>Floating IPs</guilabel> tab, which shows the floating IP"
" addresses allocated to instances."
msgstr "<guilabel>Floating IP</guilabel> タブをクリックします。ここにインスタンスに割り当てられた Floating IP アドレスが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml252(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Allocate IP to Project</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>Floating IP の確保</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml255(para)
msgid "Choose the pool from which to pick the IP address."
msgstr "IP アドレスを確保するプールを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml259(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Allocate IP</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>Floating IP の確保</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml262(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Floating IPs</guilabel> list, click <guibutton> "
"Associate</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guilabel>Floating IP</guilabel> 一覧で、<guibutton>割り当て</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml270(para)
msgid ""
"The <guilabel>IP Address</guilabel> field is filled automatically, but you "
"can add a new IP address by clicking the <guibutton>+</guibutton> button."
msgstr "<guilabel>IP アドレス</guilabel>の項目は自動的に入力されますが、<guibutton>+</guibutton> ボタンをクリックして、新しい IP アドレスを追加できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml277(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Ports to be associated</guilabel> field, select a port from"
" the list."
msgstr "<guilabel>割り当てるポート</guilabel>の項目で、ドロップダウンリストからポートを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml280(para)
msgid "The list shows all the instances with their fixed IP addresses."
msgstr "ドロップダウンに固定 IP アドレスを持つインスタンスがすべて一覧表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml266(para)
msgid ""
"In the Manage Floating IP Associations dialog box, choose the following "
"options: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Floating IP の割り当ての管理ダイアログボックスで、以下のオプションを選択します。 <placeholder-1/>"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml287(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Associate</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>割り当て</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml291(para)
msgid ""
"To disassociate an IP address from an instance, click the "
"<guibutton>Disassociate</guibutton> button."
msgstr "IP アドレスをインスタンスから割り当て解除する場合、<guibutton>割り当て解除</guibutton>ボタンをクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml293(para)
msgid ""
"To release the floating IP address back into the pool of addresses, click "
"the <guibutton>More</guibutton> button and select the <guilabel>Release "
"Floating IP</guilabel> option."
msgstr "Floating IP アドレスを開放してアドレスプールに戻すために、<guibutton>▼</guibutton>ボタンをクリックし、<guilabel>Floating IP の開放</guilabel>オプションを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml8(title)
msgid "OpenStack Python SDK"
msgstr "OpenStack Python SDK"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml10(para)
msgid ""
"Use the OpenStack Python Software Development Kit (SDK) to write Python "
"automation scripts that create and manage resources in your OpenStack cloud."
" The SDK implements Python bindings to the OpenStack API, which enables you "
"to perform automation tasks in Python by making calls on Python objects "
"rather than making REST calls directly. All OpenStack command-line tools are"
" implemented using the Python SDK."
msgstr "OpenStack クラウドでリソースの作成や管理を自動化する Python ツールを作成するために、OpenStack Python ソフトウェア開発キット (SDK) を使用します。SDK は OpenStack API への Python バインドを実装します。これにより、直接 REST コールを発行する代わりに、Python オブジェクトでコールを発行することにより、Python で自動化タスクを実行できます。すべての OpenStack コマンドラインツールは Python SDK を使用して実装されています。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml17(para)
msgid "You should also be familiar with:"
msgstr "以下にも慣れているとよいでしょう。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml20(para)
msgid "RESTful web services"
msgstr "RESTful Web サービス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml23(para)
msgid "HTTP/1.1"
msgstr "HTTP/1.1"

#: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml26(para)
msgid "JSON and XML data serialization formats"
msgstr "JSON および XML データシリアライズ形式"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml7(title)
msgid "Change the size of your server"
msgstr "サーバーの大きさの変更"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml8(para)
msgid "You change the size of a server by changing its flavor."
msgstr "フレーバーを変更することでサーバーの大きさを変更します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml11(para)
msgid ""
"Show information about your server, including its size, which is shown as "
"the value of the flavor property."
msgstr "サーバーの情報 (大きさなど) を表示します。フレーバーのプロパティ値として表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml44(para)
msgid "The size (flavor) of the server is <literal>m1.small (2)</literal>."
msgstr "サーバーの大きさ (フレーバー) は <literal>m1.small (2)</literal> です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml47(para)
msgid "List the available flavors with the following command:"
msgstr "以下のコマンドを用いて、利用可能なフレーバーを一覧表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml60(para)
msgid ""
"To resize the server, pass the server ID or name and the new flavor to the "
"<placeholder-1/> command. Include the <literal>--poll</literal> parameter to"
" report the resize progress."
msgstr "サーバーのリサイズには、サーバー ID または名前、新しいフレーバーを <placeholder-1/> コマンドに指定します。リサイズの進捗をレポートさせるには、<literal>--poll</literal> パラメーターを含めます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml68(para)
msgid "Show the status for your server:"
msgstr "サーバーの状態を表示します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml75(para)
msgid "When the resize completes, the status becomes VERIFY_RESIZE."
msgstr "リサイズが完了すると、状態が VERIFY_RESIZE に変わります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml78(para)
msgid "Confirm the resize:"
msgstr "リサイズされたことを確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml80(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml86(para)
msgid "The server status becomes ACTIVE."
msgstr "サーバーの状態が ACTIVE に変わります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml83(para)
msgid ""
"If the resize fails or does not work as expected, you can revert the resize:"
msgstr "リサイズに失敗した場合や予想通りにリサイズが行われなかった場合、リサイズを元に戻すことができます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml6(title)
msgid "Manage objects and containers"
msgstr "オブジェクトとコンテナーの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"The OpenStack Object Storage service provides the <placeholder-1/> client, "
"which is a command-line interface (CLI). Use this client to list objects and"
" containers, upload objects to containers, and download or delete objects "
"from containers. You can also gather statistics and update metadata for "
"accounts, containers, and objects."
msgstr "OpenStack Object Storage は  <placeholder-1/> クライアントを提供します。これはコマンドラインインターフェース (CLI) です。オブジェクトやコンテナーの一覧表示、オブジェクトのコンテナーへのアップロード、オブジェクトのコンテナーからのダウンロードや削除を実行するために、このクライアントを使用します。アカウント、コンテナー、オブジェクトに関する統計情報の収集、メタデータの更新なども実行できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"This client is based on the native swift client library, "
"<literal>client.py</literal>, which seamlessly re-authenticates if the "
"current token expires during processing, retries operations multiple times, "
"and provides a processing concurrency of 10."
msgstr "このクライアントは、ネイティブの swift クライアントライブラリ (<literal>client.py</literal>) をベースとしており、処理中に現在のトークンが失効した場合や、複数回オペレーションを中断した場合、10 個同時に並行処理する場合、シームレスに再認証します。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml20(title)
msgid "Create and manage containers"
msgstr "コンテナーの作成と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"To create a container, run the following command and replace "
"<replaceable>CONTAINER</replaceable> with the name of your container."
msgstr "コンテナーを作成するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。<replaceable>CONTAINER</replaceable> をお使いのコンテナーの名前で置き換えます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml28(para)
msgid "To list all containers, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml32(para)
msgid "To check the status of containers, run the following command:"
msgstr "コンテナーの状態を確認するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml42(para)
msgid ""
"You can also use the <placeholder-1/> command with the "
"<replaceable>ACCOUNT</replaceable> or <replaceable>CONTAINER</replaceable> "
"names as parameters."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> コマンドを使用することもできます。パラメーターとして <replaceable>ACCOUNT</replaceable> や <replaceable>CONTAINER</replaceable> の名前を使用できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml62(title)
msgid "Manage access"
msgstr "アクセス権の管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml65(para)
msgid ""
"Users have roles on accounts. For example, a user with the admin role has "
"full access to all containers and objects in an account. You can set access "
"control lists (ACLs) at the container level and support lists for read and "
"write access, which you set with the <literal>X-Container-Read</literal> and"
" <literal>X-Container-Write</literal> headers."
msgstr "ユーザーにはアカウントに対してロールが割り当てられます。例えば、管理者ロールがあると、アカウント内のコンテナーやオブジェクトすべてに完全にアクセスすることができます。 コンテナーレベルでアクセス制御リスト (ACL) を設定できます。読み取り権と書き込み権の一覧表示がサポートされます。<literal>X-Container-Read</literal> と <literal>X-Container-Write</literal> ヘッダーを用いて設定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml72(para)
msgid ""
"To give a user read access, use the <placeholder-1/> command with the "
"<parameter>-r</parameter> parameter. To give a user write access, use the "
"<parameter>-w</parameter> parameter."
msgstr "ユーザーに読み取り権を与える場合、<placeholder-1/> コマンドを <parameter>-r</parameter> パラメーターとともに使用します。ユーザーに書きこみ権を与える場合、<parameter>-w</parameter> パラメーターを使用します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml76(para)
msgid ""
"The following example enables the <literal>testuser</literal> user to read "
"objects in the container:"
msgstr "以下の例は、<literal>testuser</literal> ユーザーがコンテナー内でオブジェクトを読み取りできるようにします。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml80(para)
msgid "You can also use this command with a list of users."
msgstr "また、このコマンドをユーザー一覧とあわせて使用することもできます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"If you use StaticWeb middleware to enable Object Storage to serve public web"
" content, use <literal>.r:</literal>, followed by a list of allowed "
"referrers."
msgstr "StaticWeb ミドルウェアを使用して Object Storage を有効にし、パブリックの Web コンテンツにサービスを提供する場合、アクセス可能な参照元に対する構文は <literal>.r:</literal> の後に許可済みの参照元の一覧を指定します。 "

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml87(para)
msgid "The following command gives object access to all referring domains:"
msgstr "以下のコマンドは、参照しているドメインすべてにオブジェクトがアクセスできるようにします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml94(title)
msgid "Manage objects"
msgstr "オブジェクトの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml97(para)
msgid "To upload an object to a container, run the following command:"
msgstr "コンテナーにオブジェクトをアップロードするために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml99(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml107(replaceable)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml127(replaceable)
msgid "OBJECT_FILENAME"
msgstr "OBJECT_FILENAME"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml100(para)
msgid "To upload in chunks, for large files, run the following command:"
msgstr "チャンク化した大きなファイルをアップロードするために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable)
msgid "CHUNK_SIZE"
msgstr "CHUNK_SIZE"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml105(para)
msgid "To check the status of the object, run the following command:"
msgstr "オブジェクトの状態を確認するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml120(para)
msgid "To list the objects in a container, run the following command:"
msgstr "コンテナーにあるオブジェクトを一覧表示するために、以下のコマンドを実行します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml125(para)
msgid "To download an object from a container, run the following command:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml7(title)
msgid "Create and manage volumes"
msgstr "ボリュームの作成と管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"Volumes are block storage devices that you attach to instances to enable "
"persistent storage. You can attach a volume to a running instance or detach "
"a volume and attach it to another instance at any time. You can also create "
"a snapshot from or delete a volume. Only administrative users can create "
"volume types."
msgstr "ボリュームは、永続ストレージを使用するためにインスタンスに接続するブロックストレージデバイスです。ボリュームを稼働中のインスタンスに接続したり切断したりできます。また、いつでも別のインスタンスに接続できます。ボリュームからスナップショットを作成したり、削除したりできます。管理ユーザーのみがボリューム種別を作成できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml16(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml344(title)
msgid "Create a volume"
msgstr "ボリュームの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml19(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml137(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml171(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml213(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml252(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guibutton>Volumes</guibutton>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guibutton>ボリューム</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml23(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml125(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Create Volume</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>ボリュームの作成</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml24(para)
msgid "In the dialog box that opens, enter or select the following values."
msgstr "表示されたダイアログボックスで、以下の値を入力または選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml33(guilabel)
msgid "Volume Name"
msgstr "ボリューム名"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml37(para)
msgid "Specify a name for the volume."
msgstr "ボリュームの名前を指定します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml48(para)
msgid "Optionally, provide a brief description for the volume."
msgstr "オプションとして、ボリュームの簡単な説明を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml55(guilabel)
msgid "Type"
msgstr "種別"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml59(para)
msgid "Leave this field blank."
msgstr "この項目は空白にしておきます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml65(guilabel)
msgid "Size (GB)"
msgstr "容量 (GB)"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml69(para)
msgid "The size of the volume in gigabytes."
msgstr "ギガバイト単位のボリュームサイズ。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml76(guilabel)
msgid "Volume Source"
msgstr "ボリュームソース"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml80(para)
msgid "Select one of the following options:"
msgstr "以下のオプションを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml83(guilabel)
msgid "No source, empty volume"
msgstr "ソースを指定しなければ、ボリュームが空になります"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml84(para)
msgid "Creates an empty volume."
msgstr "空のボリュームを作成します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml85(para)
msgid "An empty volume does not contain a file system or a partition table."
msgstr "空のボリュームは、ファイルシステムやパーティションテーブルを含みません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml89(guilabel)
msgid "Snapshot"
msgstr "スナップショット"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml90(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Use snapshot as a "
"source</guilabel> displays. You can select the snapshot from the list."
msgstr "このオプションを選択する場合、<guilabel>ソースとしてスナップショットの利用</guilabel>の新項目が表示されます。この一覧からスナップショットを選択できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml96(guilabel)
msgid "Image"
msgstr "イメージ"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Use image as a "
"source</guilabel> displays. You can select the image from the list."
msgstr "このオプションを選択する場合、<guilabel>ソースとしてイメージの利用</guilabel>の新項目が表示されます。この一覧からイメージを選択できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml100(para)
msgid ""
"Select the <guilabel>Availability Zone</guilabel> from the list. By default,"
" this value is set to the availability zone given by the cloud provider (for"
" example, <literal>us-west</literal> or <literal>apac-south</literal>). For "
"some cases, it could be <literal>nova</literal>."
msgstr "<guilabel>アベイラビリティゾーン</guilabel>を一覧から選択します。この値はデフォルトで、クラウドプロバイダーにより指定されたアベイラビリティゾーンに設定されます (例えば、<literal>us-west</literal>、<literal>apac-south</literal>)。<literal>nova</literal> となっている場合もあります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml108(guilabel)
msgid "Volume"
msgstr "ボリューム"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml109(para)
msgid ""
"If you choose this option, a new field for <guilabel>Use volume as a "
"source</guilabel> displays. You can select the volume from the list."
msgstr "このオプションを選択する場合、<guilabel>ソースとしてボリュームの利用</guilabel>の新項目が表示されます。この一覧からボリュームを選択できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml115(para)
msgid ""
"Options to use a snapshot or a volume as the source for a volume are "
"displayed only if there are existing snapshots or volumes."
msgstr "ソースとしてスナップショットの利用、ソースとしてボリュームの利用のオプションは、既存のスナップショットやボリュームが存在する場合のみ表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml128(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the volume on the <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "ダッシュボードの<guilabel>ボリューム</guilabel>タブにボリュームが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml132(title)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml374(title)
msgid "Attach a volume to an instance"
msgstr "ボリュームのインスタンスへの接続"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"After you create one or more volumes, you can attach them to instances. You "
"can attach a volume to one instance at a time."
msgstr "ボリュームを作成した後、それらをインスタンスに接続できます。ボリュームは、同時に 1 つのインスタンスに接続できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"Select the volume to add to an instance and click <guibutton>Edit "
"Attachments</guibutton>."
msgstr "インスタンスに追加するボリュームを選択し、<guibutton>接続の編集</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml145(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Manage Volume Attachments</guilabel> dialog box, select an "
"instance."
msgstr "<guilabel>ボリュームの接続の管理</guilabel>ダイアログボックスで、インスタンスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml149(para)
msgid ""
"Enter the name of the device from which the volume is accessible by the "
"instance."
msgstr "インスタンスがボリュームにアクセスできる、デバイスの名前を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml152(para)
msgid ""
"The actual device name might differ from the volume name because of "
"hypervisor settings."
msgstr "実際のデバイス名は、ハイパーバイザーの設定により、ボリューム名と異なるかもしれません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml157(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Attach Volume</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>ボリュームの接続</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml158(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the instance to which the volume is now attached and the"
" device name."
msgstr "ボリュームが接続されたインスタンスとデバイス名がダッシュボードに表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml162(para)
msgid ""
"You can view the status of a volume in the <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel> tab "
"of the dashboard. The volume is either Available or In-Use."
msgstr "ダッシュボードの<guilabel>ボリューム</guilabel>にボリュームの状態を表示できます。ボリュームは、利用可能または使用中になります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml164(para)
msgid ""
"Now you can log in to the instance and mount, format, and use the disk."
msgstr "これでインスタンスにログインでき、ディスクをマウント、フォーマット、利用できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml168(title)
msgid "Detach a volume from an instance"
msgstr "ボリュームのインスタンスからの切断"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml175(para)
msgid "Select the volume and click <guibutton>Edit Attachments</guibutton>."
msgstr "ボリュームを選択し、<guibutton>接続の編集</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml178(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Detach Volume</guibutton> and confirm your changes."
msgstr "<guibutton>ボリュームの切断</guibutton>をクリックし、変更を確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml182(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml262(para)
msgid "A message indicates whether the action was successful."
msgstr "操作が成功したかどうかはメッセージでわかります。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml185(title)
msgid "Create a snapshot from a volume"
msgstr "ボリュームからのスナップショットの作成"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml188(para)
msgid ""
"Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click "
"<guilabel>Volumes</guilabel>."
msgstr "ダッシュボードにログインし、プロジェクトを選択し、<guilabel>ボリューム</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml192(para)
msgid "Select a volume from which to create a snapshot."
msgstr "スナップショットを作成するボリュームを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml195(para)
msgid ""
"From the <guilabel>More</guilabel> list, select <guilabel>Create "
"Snapshot</guilabel>."
msgstr "<guilabel>▼</guilabel>リストから、<guilabel>スナップショットの作成</guilabel>を選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml199(para)
msgid ""
"In the dialog box that opens, enter a snapshot name and a brief description."
msgstr "開いたダイアログボックスで、スナップショットの名前と簡単な説明を入力します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml203(para)
msgid "Confirm your changes."
msgstr "変更を確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml204(para)
msgid ""
"The dashboard shows the new volume snapshot in <guilabel>Volume "
"Snapshots</guilabel> tab."
msgstr "ダッシュボードの<guilabel>ボリュームのスナップショット</guilabel>に新しいボリュームのスナップショットが表示されます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml210(title)
msgid "Edit a volume"
msgstr "ボリュームの編集"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml222(para)
msgid ""
"On the <guilabel>Project</guilabel> tab, click <guilabel>Volumes</guilabel>."
msgstr "<guilabel>プロジェクト</guilabel> タブで、<guilabel>ボリューム</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml229(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column, click <guilabel>Edit "
"Volume</guilabel>."
msgstr "<guilabel>操作</guilabel>の列で、<guilabel>ボリュームの編集</guilabel>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml233(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guilabel>Edit Volume</guilabel> dialog box, update the name and "
"description of the image."
msgstr "<guilabel>ボリュームの編集</guilabel>ダイアログボックスで、イメージの名前と説明を更新します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml237(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Edit Volume</guibutton>."
msgstr "<guibutton>ボリュームの編集</guibutton>をクリックします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml241(para)
msgid ""
"You can extend a volume by using the <guilabel>Extend Volume</guilabel> "
"option available in the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dropdown list and "
"entering the new value for volume size."
msgstr "<guibutton>▼</guibutton>ドロップダウンリストから利用できる、<guilabel>ボリュームの拡張</guilabel>を使用し、新しいボリュームサイズ値を入力して、ボリュームを拡張できます。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml247(title)
msgid "Delete a volume"
msgstr "ボリュームの削除"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml248(para)
msgid ""
"When you delete an instance, the data in its attached volumes is not "
"destroyed."
msgstr "インスタンスの削除時、接続されたボリュームのデータは無くなりません。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml256(para)
msgid "Select the check boxes for the volumes that you want to delete."
msgstr "削除したいボリュームのチェックボックスを選択します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml260(para)
msgid "Click <guibutton>Delete Volumes</guibutton> and confirm your choice."
msgstr "<guibutton>ボリュームの切断</guibutton>をクリックし、選択内容を確認します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"When working with images in the SDK, you will call "
"<literal>novaclient</literal> methods."
msgstr "SDK でイメージを操作する場合、<literal>novaclient</literal> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml12(title)
msgid "Add a keypair"
msgstr "キーペアの追加"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml13(para)
msgid ""
"To generate a keypair, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "キーペアを生成するために、<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml23(para)
msgid "The Python script output looks something like this:"
msgstr "Python スクリプトの出力は、このようになるでしょう。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml31(para)
msgid ""
"You typically write the private key to a file to use it later. The file must"
" be readable and writeable by only the file owner; otherwise, the SSH client"
" will refuse to read the private key file. It is safest to create the file "
"with the appropriate permissions, as shown in the following example:"
msgstr "一般的に、秘密鍵を後から使用するために、ファイルに保存します。このファイルは、ファイル所有者のみによりアクセス可能にしなければいけません。そうしなければ、SSH クライアントは秘密鍵ファイルの読み込みを拒否します。以下の例に示すとおり、適切なパーミッションを持つファイルを作成することが最も安全です。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml49(title)
msgid "Import a keypair"
msgstr "キーペアのインポート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"If you have already generated a keypair with the public key located at "
"<filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename>, pass the contents of the file to the"
" <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\">"
" novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname> method "
"to import the public key to Compute:"
msgstr "すでにキーペアを生成してあり、公開鍵が <filename>~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</filename> にある場合、公開鍵を Compute をインポートするために、そのファイルの内容を <methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create\"> novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create</link></methodname> メソッドに渡します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml64(title)
msgid "List keypairs"
msgstr "キーペアの一覧表示"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml65(para)
msgid ""
"To list keypairs, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "キーペアを一覧表示するために、<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.html#novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list\">novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list</link></methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml74(para)
msgid ""
"To list security groups for the current project, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "現在のプロジェクトのセキュリティグループを一覧表示するために、<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list</link></methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml79(para)
msgid ""
"To create a security group with a specified name and description, call the "
"<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "指定した名前と説明のセキュリティグループを作成するために、<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create\">novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create</link></methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"To delete a security group, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete\">"
" "
"novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete</link></methodname>"
" method, passing either a <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer"
"/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link>"
" object or group ID as an argument:"
msgstr "セキュリティグループを削除するために、<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link> オブジェクトまたはグループ ID を引数として渡して、<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete\"> novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete</link></methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml99(para)
msgid ""
"Access the security group rules from the <literal>rules</literal> attribute "
"of a <link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link>"
" object:"
msgstr "<link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup\">novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup</link> オブジェクトの <literal>rules</literal> 属性からセキュリティグループのルールにアクセスします。"

#: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"To add a rule, to a security group, call the <methodname><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-"
"novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create</link></methodname>"
" method:"
msgstr "セキュリティグループにルールを追加するために、<methodname><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/developer/python-novaclient/api/novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.html#novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create\">novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create</link></methodname> メソッドを呼び出します。"

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml4(title)
msgid "Software configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml5(para)
msgid ""
"There are a variety of options to configure the software which runs on the "
"servers in your stack. These can be broadly divided into the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml9(para)
msgid "Custom image building"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml12(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml58(title)
msgid "User-data boot scripts and cloud-init"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml15(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml400(title)
msgid "Software deployment resources"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml18(para)
msgid ""
"This section will describe each of these options and provide examples for "
"using them together in your stacks."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml22(title)
msgid "Image building"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml23(para)
msgid ""
"The first opportunity to influence what software is configured on your "
"servers is by booting them with a custom-built image. There are a number of "
"reasons you might want to do this, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml28(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Boot speed\"/> - since the required software is already on "
"the image there is no need to download and install anything at boot time."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml32(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Boot reliability\"/> - software downloads can fail for a "
"number of reasons including transient network failures and inconsistent "
"software repositories."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Test verification\"/> - custom built images can be verified"
" in test environments before being promoted to production."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Configuration dependencies\"/> - post-boot configuration "
"may depend on agents already being installed and enabled"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml44(para)
msgid "A number of tools are available for building custom images, including:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml47(para)
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://github.com/openstack/diskimage-builder\">diskimage-"
"builder</link> image building tools for OpenStack"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"<link href=\"http://imgfac.org/\">imagefactory</link> builds images for a "
"variety of operating system/cloud combinations"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"Examples in this guide which require custom images will use <link "
"href=\"https://github.com/openstack/diskimage-builder\">diskimage-"
"builder</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml59(para)
msgid ""
"When booting a server it is possible to specify the contents of the user-"
"data to be passed to that server. This user-data is made available either "
"from configured config-drive or from the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/admin-guide-cloud/content/section_metadata-"
"service.html\">Metadata service</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml62(para)
msgid ""
"How this user-data is consumed depends on the image being booted, but the "
"most commonly used tool for default cloud images is <link "
"href=\"http://cloudinit.readthedocs.org/en/latest/\">Cloud-init</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml64(para)
msgid ""
"Whether the image is using <link "
"href=\"http://cloudinit.readthedocs.org/en/latest/\">Cloud-init</link> or "
"not, it should be possible to specify a shell script in the user_data "
"property and have it be executed by the server during boot:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml79(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Tip\"/>: debugging these scripts it is often useful to view"
" the boot log using <literal>nova console-log &lt;server-id&gt;</literal> to"
" view the progress of boot script execution."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml83(para)
msgid ""
"Often there is a need to set variable values based on parameters or "
"resources in the stack. This can be done with the "
"<literal>str_replace</literal> intrinsic function:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml105(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Warning\"/>: If a stack-update is performed and there are "
"any changes at all to the content of user_data then the server will be "
"replaced (deleted and recreated) so that the modified boot configuration can"
" be run on a new server."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml110(para)
msgid ""
"When these scripts grow it can become difficult to maintain them inside the "
"template, so the <literal>get_file</literal> intrinsic function can be used "
"to maintain the script in a separate file:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml130(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Tip\"/>: <literal>str_replace</literal> can replace any "
"strings, not just strings starting with <literal>$</literal>. However doing "
"this for the above example is useful because the script file can be executed"
" for testing by passing in environment variables."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml136(title)
msgid "Choosing the user_data_format"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml137(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__Server.html\">OS::Nova::Server</link></literal> "
"user_data_format property determines how the user_data should be formatted "
"for the server. For the default value <literal>HEAT_CFNTOOLS</literal>, the "
"user_data is bundled as part of the heat-cfntools cloud-init boot "
"configuration data. While <literal>HEAT_CFNTOOLS</literal> is the default "
"for <literal>user_data_format</literal>, it is considered legacy and "
"<literal>RAW</literal> or <literal>SOFTWARE_CONFIG</literal> will generally "
"be more appropriate."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml143(para)
msgid ""
"For <literal>RAW</literal> the user_data is passed to Nova unmodified. For a"
" <link href=\"http://cloudinit.readthedocs.org/en/latest/\">Cloud-"
"init</link> enabled image, the following are both valid "
"<literal>RAW</literal> user-data:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml165(para)
msgid ""
"For <literal>SOFTWARE_CONFIG</literal> user_data is bundled as part of the "
"software config data, and metadata is derived from any associated <link "
"linkend=\"software-deployment-resources\">Software deployment "
"resources</link>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml170(title)
msgid "Signals and wait conditions"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml171(para)
msgid ""
"Often it is necessary to pause further creation of stack resources until the"
" boot configuration script has notified that it has reached a certain state."
" This is usually either to notify that a service is now active, or to pass "
"out some generated data which is needed by another resource. The resources "
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__WaitCondition.html\">OS::Heat::WaitCondition</link></literal>"
" and <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SwiftSignal.html\">OS::Heat::SwiftSignal</link></literal>"
" both perform this function using different techniques and tradeoffs."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml177(para)
msgid ""
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__WaitCondition.html\">OS::Heat::WaitCondition</link></literal>"
" is implemented as a call to the <link href=\"http://developer.openstack.org"
"/api-ref-orchestration-v1.html\">Orchestration API</link> resource signal. "
"The token is created using credentials for a user account which is scoped "
"only to the wait condition handle resource. This user is created when the "
"handle is created, and is associated to a project which belongs to the "
"stack, in an identity domain which is dedicated to the orchestration "
"service."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml183(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml266(para)
msgid ""
"Sending the signal is a simple HTTP request, as with this example using "
"<link href=\"http://curl.haxx.se/\">curl</link>:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml187(para)
msgid ""
"The JSON containing the signal data is expected to be of the following "
"format:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml194(para)
msgid ""
"All of these values are optional, and if not specified will be set to the "
"following defaults:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml202(para)
msgid ""
"If <literal>status</literal> is set to <literal>FAILURE</literal> then the "
"resource (and the stack) will go into a <literal>FAILED</literal> state "
"using the <literal>reason</literal> as failure reason."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml204(para)
msgid ""
"The following template example uses the convenience attribute "
"<literal>curl_cli</literal> which builds a curl command with a valid token:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml262(para)
msgid ""
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SwiftSignal.html\">OS::Heat::SwiftSignal</link></literal>"
" is implemented by creating an Object Storage API temporary URL which is "
"populated with signal data with an HTTP PUT. The orchestration service will "
"poll this object until the signal data is available. Object versioning is "
"used to store multiple signals."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml268(para)
msgid ""
"The above template example only needs to have the <literal>type</literal> "
"changed to the swift signal resources:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml280(para)
msgid ""
"The decision to use <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__WaitCondition.html\">OS::Heat::WaitCondition</link></literal>"
" or <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SwiftSignal.html\">OS::Heat::SwiftSignal</link></literal>"
" will depend on a few factors:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml284(para)
msgid ""
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SwiftSignal.html\">OS::Heat::SwiftSignal</link></literal>"
" depends on the availability of an Object Storage API"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml288(para)
msgid ""
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__WaitCondition.html\">OS::Heat::WaitCondition</link></literal>"
" depends on whether the orchestration service has been configured with a "
"dedicated stack domain (which may depend on the availability of an Identity "
"V3 API)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml293(para)
msgid ""
"The preference to protect signal URLs with token authentication or a secret "
"webhook URL."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml299(title)
msgid "Software config resources"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml300(para)
msgid ""
"Boot configuration scripts can also be managed as their own resources. This "
"allows configuration to be defined once and run on multiple server "
"resources. These software-config resources are stored and retrieved via "
"dedicated calls to the <link href=\"http://developer.openstack.org/api-ref-"
"orchestration-v1.html\">Orchestration API</link>. It is not possible to "
"modify the contents of an existing software-config resource, so a stack-"
"update which changes any existing software-config resource will result in "
"API calls to create a new config and delete the old one."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml307(para)
msgid ""
"The resource <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareConfig.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig</link></literal>"
" is used for storing configs represented by text scripts, for example:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml325(para)
msgid ""
"The resource <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__CloudConfig.html\">OS::Heat::CloudConfig</link></literal>"
" allows <link href=\"http://cloudinit.readthedocs.org/en/latest/\">Cloud-"
"init</link> cloud-config to be represented as template YAML rather than a "
"block string. This allows intrinsic functions to be included when building "
"the cloud-config. This also ensures that the cloud-config is valid YAML, "
"although no further checks for valid cloud-config are done."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml351(para)
msgid ""
"The resource <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__MultipartMime.html\">OS::Heat::MultipartMime</link></literal>"
" allows multiple <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareConfig.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig</link></literal>"
" and <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__CloudConfig.html\">OS::Heat::CloudConfig</link></literal>"
" resources to be combined into a single <link "
"href=\"http://cloudinit.readthedocs.org/en/latest/\">Cloud-init</link> "
"multi-part message:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml401(para)
msgid ""
"There are many situations where it is not desirable to replace the server "
"whenever there is a configuration change. The <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareDeployment.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareDeployment</link></literal>"
" resource allows any number of software configurations to be added or "
"removed from a server throughout its life-cycle."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml406(title)
msgid "Building custom image for software deployments"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml407(para)
msgid ""
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareConfig.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig</link></literal>"
" resources are used to store software configuration, and a <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareDeployment.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareDeployment</link></literal>"
" resource is used to associate a config resource with one server. The "
"<literal>group</literal> attribute on <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareConfig.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig</link></literal>"
" specifies what tool will consume the config content."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml412(para)
msgid ""
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareConfig.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig</link></literal>"
" has the ability to define a schema of <literal>inputs</literal> and which "
"the configuration script supports. Inputs are mapped to whatever concept the"
" configuration tool has for assigning variables/parameters."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml416(para)
msgid ""
"Likewise, <literal>outputs</literal> are mapped to the tool's capability to "
"export structured data after configuration execution. For tools which do not"
" support this, outputs can always be written to a known file path for the "
"hook to read."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml419(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareDeployment.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareDeployment</link></literal>"
" resource allows values to be assigned to the config inputs, and the "
"resource remains in an <literal>IN_PROGRESS</literal> state until the server"
" signals to heat what (if any) output values were generated by the config "
"script."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml425(title)
msgid "Custom image script"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml426(para)
msgid ""
"Each of the following examples requires that the servers be booted with a "
"custom image. The following script uses diskimage-builder to create an image"
" required in later examples:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml471(title)
msgid "Configuring with scripts"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml472(para)
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"custom-image-script\">Custom image script</link> already"
" includes the <literal>heat-config-script</literal> element so the built "
"image will already have the ability to configure using shell scripts."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml475(para)
msgid ""
"Config inputs are mapped to shell environment variables. The script can "
"communicate outputs to heat by writing to the file "
"<literal>$heat_outputs_path.&lt;output name&gt;</literal>. See the following"
" example for a script which expects inputs <literal>foo</literal>, "
"<literal>bar</literal> and generates an output <literal>result</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml529(para)
msgid ""
"<emphasis role=\"Tip\"/>: A config resource can be associated with multiple "
"deployment resources, and each deployment can specify the same or different "
"values for the <literal>server</literal> and <literal>input_values</literal>"
" properties."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml533(para)
msgid ""
"As can be seen in the <literal>outputs</literal> section of the above "
"template, the <literal>result</literal> config output value is available as "
"an attribute on the <literal>deployment</literal> resource. Likewise the "
"captured stdout, stderr and status_code are also available as attributes."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml539(title)
msgid "Configuring with os-apply-config"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml540(para)
msgid ""
"The agent toolchain of <literal>os-collect-config</literal>, <literal>os-"
"refresh-config</literal> and <literal>os-apply-config</literal> can actually"
" be used on their own to inject heat stack configuration data into a server "
"running a custom image."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml543(para)
msgid "The custom image needs to have the following to use this approach:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml546(para)
msgid "All software dependencies installed"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml549(para)
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://github.com/openstack/os-refresh-config\">os-refresh-"
"config</link> scripts to be executed on configuration changes"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml552(para)
msgid ""
"<link href=\"https://github.com/openstack/os-apply-config\">os-apply-"
"config</link> templates to transform the heat-provided config data into "
"service configuration files"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml556(para)
msgid ""
"The projects <link href=\"https://github.com/openstack/tripleo-image-"
"elements\">tripleo-image-elements</link> and <link "
"href=\"https://github.com/openstack/tripleo-heat-templates\">tripleo-heat-"
"templates</link> demonstrate this approach."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml560(title)
msgid "Configuring with cfn-init"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml561(para)
msgid ""
"Likely the only reason to use the <literal>cfn-init</literal> hook is to "
"migrate templates which contain <link "
"href=\"http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/aws-"
"resource-init.html\">AWS::CloudFormation::Init</link> metadata without "
"needing a complete rewrite of the config metadata. It is included here as it"
" introduces a number of new concepts."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml565(para)
msgid ""
"To use the <literal>cfn-init</literal> tool the <literal>heat-config-cfn-"
"init</literal> element is required to be on the built image, so <link "
"linkend=\"custom-image-script\">Custom image script</link> needs to be "
"modified with the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml570(para)
msgid ""
"Configuration data which used to be included in the "
"<literal>AWS::CloudFormation::Init</literal> section of resource metadata is"
" instead moved to the <literal>config</literal> property of the config "
"resource, as in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml622(para)
msgid "There are a number of things to note about this template example:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml625(para)
msgid ""
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__StructuredConfig.html\">OS::Heat::StructuredConfig</link></literal>"
" is like <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__SoftwareConfig.html\">OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig</link></literal>"
" except that the <literal>config</literal> property contains structured YAML"
" instead of text script. This is useful for a number of other configuration "
"tools including ansible, salt and os-apply-config."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml632(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>cfn-init</literal> has no concept of inputs, so "
"<literal>{get_input: bar}</literal> acts as a placeholder which gets "
"replaced with the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Heat__StructuredDeployment.html\">OS::Heat::StructuredDeployment</link></literal><literal>input_values</literal>"
" value when the deployment resource is created."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml638(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>cfn-init</literal> has no concept of outputs, so specifying "
"<literal>signal_transport: NO_SIGNAL</literal> will mean that the deployment"
" resource will immediately go into the <literal>CREATED</literal> state "
"instead of waiting for a completed signal from the server."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml644(para)
msgid ""
"The template has 2 deployment resources deploying the same config with "
"different <literal>input_values</literal>. The order these are deployed in "
"on the server is determined by sorting the values of the "
"<literal>name</literal> property for each resource (10_deployment, "
"20_other_deployment)"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml652(title)
msgid "Configuring with puppet"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml653(para)
msgid ""
"The <link href=\"http://puppetlabs.com/\">puppet</link> hook makes it "
"possible to write configuration as puppet manifests which are deployed and "
"run in a masterless environment."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml655(para)
msgid ""
"To specify configuration as puppet manifests the <literal>heat-config-"
"puppet</literal> element is required to be on the built image, so <link "
"linkend=\"custom-image-script\">Custom image script</link> needs to be "
"modified with the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml701(para)
msgid ""
"This demonstrates the use of the <literal>get_file</literal> function, which"
" will attach the contents of the file <literal>example-puppet-"
"manifest.pp</literal>, containing:"
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/index.xml10(title)
msgid "HOT guide"
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml4(title)
msgid "HOT functions"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml7(title)
msgid "Link between resources"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml10(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml627(title)
msgid "get_param"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml13(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml673(title)
msgid "get_resource"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml16(para)
msgid "Ref"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml19(para)
msgid "Fn::GetAtt / get_attr"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml25(title)
msgid "String manipulations"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml28(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml587(title)
msgid "get_file"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml31(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml696(title)
msgid "list_join"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml34(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml717(title)
msgid "str_replace"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml37(para)
msgid "Fn::Base64"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml40(para)
msgid "Fn::Join"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml43(para)
msgid "Fn::Split"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml46(para)
msgid "Fn::Replace"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml52(title)
msgid "Lookup structured data"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml55(para)
msgid "Fn::FindInMap"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml58(para)
msgid "Fn::MemberListToMap"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml61(para)
msgid "Fn::Select"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml67(title)
msgid "Misc"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml70(para)
msgid "Fn::ResourceFacade / resource_facade"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml73(para)
msgid "Fn::GetAZs"
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml15(title)
msgid "Heat Orchestration Template (HOT) specification"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml18(title)
msgid "Template structure"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml19(para)
msgid "HOT templates are defined in YAML and use the following structure:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml38(term)
msgid "heat_template_version"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml40(para)
msgid ""
"This key with value <literal>2013-05-23</literal> (or a later date) "
"indicates that the YAML document is a HOT template of the specified version."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml45(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml111(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml173(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml247(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml507(term)
msgid "description"
msgstr "description"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml47(para)
msgid ""
"This optional key gives a description of the template, or the workload that "
"can be deployed using the template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml52(term)
msgid "parameter_groups"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"This section specifies how the input parameters should be grouped and the "
"order to provide the parameters in."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml56(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml64(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml81(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml408(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml415(para)
msgid "This section is optional."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml60(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml117(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml17(literal)
msgid "parameters"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml62(para)
msgid ""
"This section specifies input parameters that have to be provided when "
"instantiating the template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml68(term)
msgid "resources"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml70(para)
msgid ""
"This section contains the declaration of the resources of the template. This"
" section with at least one resource must be defined in any HOT template, or "
"the template would not really do anything when being instantiated."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml77(term)
msgid "outputs"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml79(para)
msgid ""
"This section specifies output parameters available to users once the "
"template has been instantiated."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml88(title)
msgid "Parameter groups section"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>parameter_groups</literal> section specifies how the input "
"parameters should be grouped and the order to provide the parameters in. "
"These groups are typically used to describe expected behavior for downstream"
" user interfaces."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"These groups are specified in a list with each group containing a list of "
"associated parameters. The lists are used to denote the expected order of "
"the parameters. A parameter can only be included in one group. Use the name "
"of the parameter to add it to a group. The parameters details are defined in"
" the <literal>parameters</literal> section."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml105(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml166(term)
msgid "label"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml107(para)
msgid ""
"A human-readable label that defines the associated group of parameters."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml113(para)
msgid "A human-readable description of the parameter group."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml119(para)
msgid "A list of parameters that belong with this parameter group."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml123(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml151(term)
msgid "param name"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml125(para)
msgid ""
"The name of a parameter defined in the <literal>parameters</literal> "
"section."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml132(title)
msgid "Parameters section"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>parameters</literal> section defines input parameters that have"
" to be provided when instantiating the template. Such parameters are "
"typically used to customize each deployment, or for binding to environment "
"specifics like certain images."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml137(para)
msgid ""
"Each parameter is specified in a separated nested block with the name of the"
" parameter defined in the first line and additional attributes such as a "
"type or a default value defined as nested elements:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml153(para)
msgid "The name of the parameter."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml157(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml397(term)
msgid "type"
msgstr "type"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml159(para)
msgid ""
"The type of the parameter. Supported types are <literal>string</literal>, "
"<literal>number</literal>, <literal>comma_delimited_list</literal>, "
"<literal>json</literal> and <literal>boolean</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml162(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml400(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml519(para)
msgid "This attribute is required."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml168(para)
msgid "A human readable name for the parameter."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml169(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml176(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml184(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml202(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml252(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml423(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml432(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml440(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml510(para)
msgid "This attribute is optional."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml175(para)
msgid "A human readable description for the parameter."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml180(term)
msgid "default"
msgstr "default"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml182(para)
msgid ""
"A default value for the parameter. This value is used if the user doesn't "
"specify his own value during deployment."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml188(term)
msgid "hidden"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml190(para)
msgid ""
"Defines whether the parameters should be hidden when a user requests "
"information about a stack created from the template. This attribute can be "
"used to hide passwords specified as parameters."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml193(para)
msgid "This attribute is optional and defaults to <literal>false</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml197(term)
msgid "constraints"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml199(para)
msgid ""
"A list of constraints to apply. The constraints are validated by the "
"Orchestration engine when a user deploys a stack. The stack creation fails "
"if the parameter value doesn't comply to the constraints."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml206(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows a minimalistic definition of two parameters:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml217(para)
msgid ""
"The description and the label are optional, but defining these attributes is"
" good practice to provide useful information about the role of the parameter"
" to the user."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml222(title)
msgid "Parameter constraints"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml223(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>constraints</literal> block of a parameter definition defines "
"additional validation constraints that apply to the value of the parameter. "
"The parameter values provided by a user are validated against the "
"constraints at instantiation time. The constraints are defined as a list "
"with the following syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml233(term)
msgid "constraint type"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml235(para)
msgid ""
"Type of constraint to apply. The set of currently supported constraints is "
"given below."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml240(term)
msgid "constraint definition"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml242(para)
msgid ""
"The actual constraint, depending on the constraint type. The concrete syntax"
" for each constraint type is given below."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml249(para)
msgid ""
"A description of the constraint. The text is presented to the user when the "
"value he defines violates the constraint. If omitted, a default validation "
"message is presented to the user."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml256(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows the definition of a string parameter with two "
"constraints. Note that while the descriptions for each constraint are "
"optional, it is good practice to provide concrete descriptions to present "
"useful messages to the user at deployment time."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml271(para)
msgid ""
"While the descriptions for each constraint are optional, it is good practice"
" to provide concrete descriptions so useful messages can be presented to the"
" user at deployment time."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml275(para)
msgid ""
"The following sections list the supported types of parameter constraints, "
"along with the syntax for each type."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml278(title)
msgid "length"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml279(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>length</literal> constraint applies to parameters of type "
"<literal>string</literal>. It defines a lower and upper limit for the length"
" of the string value."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml281(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>length</literal> constraint is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml283(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to define a length constraint with only a lower limit or an "
"upper limit. However, at least one of <literal>min</literal> or "
"<literal>max</literal> must be specified."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml287(title)
msgid "range"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml288(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>range</literal> constraint applies to parameters of type "
"<literal>number</literal>. It defines a lower and upper limit for the "
"numeric value of the parameter."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml290(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>range</literal> constraint is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml292(para)
msgid ""
"It is possible to define a range constraint with only a lower limit or an "
"upper limit. However, at least one of <literal>min</literal> or "
"<literal>max</literal> must be specified."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml294(para)
msgid ""
"The minimum and maximum boundaries are included in the range. For example, "
"the following range constraint would allow for all numeric values between 0 "
"and 10:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml299(title)
msgid "allowed_values"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml300(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>allowed_values</literal> constraint applies to parameters of "
"type <literal>string</literal> or <literal>number</literal>. It specifies a "
"set of possible values for a parameter. At deployment time, the user-"
"provided value for the respective parameter must match one of the elements "
"of the list."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml304(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>allowed_values</literal> constraint is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml306(para)
msgid "Alternatively, the following YAML list notation can be used:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml324(title)
msgid "allowed_pattern"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml325(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>allowed_pattern</literal> constraint applies to parameters of "
"type <literal>string</literal>. It specifies a regular expression against "
"which a user-provided parameter value must evaluate at deployment."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml328(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>allowed_pattern</literal> constraint is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml341(title)
msgid "custom_constraint"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml342(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>custom_constraint</literal> constraint adds an extra step of "
"validation, generally to check that the specified resource exists in the "
"backend. Custom constraints get implemented by plug-ins and can provide any "
"kind of advanced constraint validation logic."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml346(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>custom_constraint</literal> constraint is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml348(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>name</literal> attribute specifies the concrete type of custom "
"constraint. It corresponds to the name under which the respective validation"
" plugin has been registered in the Orchestration engine."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml361(title)
msgid "Pseudo Parameters"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml362(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to parameters defined by a template author, the Orchestration "
"module also creates two parameters for every stack that allow referential "
"access to the stack's name and identifier. These parameters are named "
"<literal>OS::stack_name</literal> for the stack name and "
"<literal>OS::stack_id</literal> for the stack identifier. These values are "
"accessible via the <literal>get_param</literal> intrinsic function, just "
"like user-defined parameters."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml372(title)
msgid "Resources section"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml373(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>resources</literal> section defines actual resources that make "
"up a stack deployed from the HOT template (for instance compute instances, "
"networks, storage volumes)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml376(para)
msgid ""
"Each resource is defined as a separate block in the "
"<literal>resources</literal> section with the following syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml390(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml551(term)
msgid "resource ID"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml392(para)
msgid ""
"A resource ID which must be unique within the <literal>resources</literal> "
"section of the template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml399(para)
msgid ""
"The resource type, such as <literal>OS::Nova::Server</literal> or "
"<literal>OS::Neutron::Port</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml404(term)
msgid "properties"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml406(para)
msgid ""
"A list of resource-specific properties. The property value can be provided "
"in place, or via a function (see <link linkend=\"hot-spec-intrinsic-"
"functions\"><emphasis>Intrinsic functions</emphasis></link>)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml412(term)
msgid "metadata"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml414(para)
msgid "Resource-specific metadata."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml419(term)
msgid "depends_on"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml421(para)
msgid "Dependencies of the resource on one or more resources of the template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml422(para)
msgid ""
"See <link linkend=\"hot-spec-resources-dependencies\"><emphasis>Resource "
"dependencies</emphasis></link> for details."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml427(term)
msgid "update_policy"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml429(para)
msgid ""
"Update policy for the resource, in the form of a nested dictionary. Whether "
"update policies are supported and what the exact semantics are depends on "
"the type of the current resource."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml436(term)
msgid "deletion_policy"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml438(para)
msgid ""
"Deletion policy for the resource. Which type of deletion policy is supported"
" depends on the type of the current resource."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml444(para)
msgid ""
"Depending on the type of resource, the resource block might include more "
"resource specific data."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml446(para)
msgid ""
"All resource types that can be used in CFN templates can also be used in HOT"
" templates, adapted to the YAML structure as outlined above."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml448(para)
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates the definition of a simple compute "
"resource with some fixed property values:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml457(title)
msgid "Resource dependencies"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml458(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>depends_on</literal> attribute of a resource defines a "
"dependency between this resource and one or more other resources."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml460(para)
msgid ""
"If a resource depends on just one other resource, the ID of the other "
"resource is specified as string of the <literal>depends_on</literal> "
"attribute, as shown in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml470(para)
msgid ""
"If a resource depends on more than one other resources, the value of the "
"<literal>depends_on</literal> attribute is specified as a list of resource "
"IDs, as shown in the following example:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml487(title)
msgid "Outputs section"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml488(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>outputs</literal> section defines output parameters that should"
" be available to the user once a stack has been created. This would be, for "
"example, parameters such as IP addresses of deployed instances, or URLs of "
"web applications deployed as part of a stack."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml492(para)
msgid ""
"Each output parameter is defined as a separate block within the outputs "
"section according to the following syntax:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml500(term)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml638(term)
msgid "parameter name"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml502(para)
msgid ""
"The output parameter name, which must be unique within the "
"<literal>outputs</literal> section of a template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml509(para)
msgid "A short description of the output parameter."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml514(term)
msgid "parameter value"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml516(para)
msgid ""
"The value of the output parameter. This value is usually resolved by means "
"of a function. See <link linkend=\"hot-spec-intrinsic-"
"functions\"><emphasis>Intrinsic functions</emphasis></link> for details "
"about the functions."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml523(para)
msgid ""
"The example below shows how the IP address of a compute resource can be "
"defined as an output parameter:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml532(title)
msgid "Intrinsic functions"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml533(para)
msgid ""
"HOT provides a set of intrinsic functions that can be used inside templates "
"to perform specific tasks, such as getting the value of a resource attribute"
" at runtime. The following section describes the role and syntax of the "
"intrinsic functions."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml538(title)
msgid "get_attr"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml539(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>get_attr</literal> function references an attribute of a "
"resource. The attribute value is resolved at runtime using the resource "
"instance created from the respective resource definition."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml542(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>get_attr</literal> function is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml553(para)
msgid "The resource ID for which the attribute needs to be resolved."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml554(para)
msgid ""
"The resource ID must exist in the <literal>resources</literal> section of "
"the template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml558(term)
msgid "attribute name"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml560(para)
msgid ""
"The attribute name to be resolved. If the attribute returns a complex data "
"structure such as a list or a map, then subsequent keys or indexes can be "
"specified. These additional parameters are used to navigate the data "
"structure to return the desired value."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml567(para)
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates how to use the "
"<literal>get_param</literal> function:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml580(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, if the networks attribute contained the following data:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml583(para)
msgid ""
"then the value of <literal>the get_attr</literal> function would resolve to "
"<literal>10.0.0.1</literal> (first item of the <literal>private</literal> "
"entry in the <literal>networks</literal> map)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml588(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>get_file</literal> function returns the content of a file into "
"the template. It is generally used as a file inclusion mechanism for files "
"containing scripts or configuration files."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml591(para)
msgid "The syntax of <literal>the get_file</literal> function is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml593(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>content key</literal> is used to look up the "
"<literal>files</literal> dictionary that is provided in the REST API call. "
"The Orchestration client command (<placeholder-1/>) is "
"<literal>get_file</literal> aware and will populate the "
"<literal>files</literal> dictionary with the actual content of fetched paths"
" and URLs. The Orchestration client command supports relative paths and will"
" transform these to the absolute URLs required by the Orchestration API."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml600(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>get_file</literal> argument must be a static path or URL and "
"not rely on intrinsic functions like <literal>get_param</literal>. the "
"Orchestration client does not process intrinsic functions (they are only "
"processed by the Orchestration engine)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml605(para)
msgid ""
"The example below demonstrates the <literal>get_file</literal> function "
"usage with both relative and absolute URLs:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml621(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>files</literal> dictionary generated by the Orchestration "
"client during instantiation of the stack would contain the following keys: *"
" <literal>file:///path/to/my_instance_user_data.sh</literal> * "
"<literal>http://example.com/my_other_instance_user_data.sh*</literal>"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml628(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>get_param</literal> function references an input parameter of a"
" template. It resolves to the value provided for this input parameter at "
"runtime."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml630(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>get_param</literal> function is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml640(para)
msgid ""
"The parameter name to be resolved. If the parameters returns a complex data "
"structure such as a list or a map, then subsequent keys or indexes can be "
"specified. These additional parameters are used to navigate the data "
"structure to return the desired value."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml647(para)
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates the use of the "
"<literal>get_param</literal> function:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml663(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, if the <literal>instance_type</literal> and "
"<literal>server_data</literal> parameters contained the following data:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml668(para)
msgid ""
"then the value of the property <literal>flavor</literal> would resolve to "
"<literal>m1.tiny</literal>, <literal>metadata</literal> would resolve to "
"<literal>{\"foo\": \"bar\"}</literal> and <literal>key_name</literal> would "
"resolve to <literal>a_key</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml674(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>get_resource</literal> function references another resource "
"within the same template. At runtime, it is resolved to reference the ID of "
"the referenced resource, which is resource type specific. For example, a "
"reference to a floating IP resource returns the respective IP address at "
"runtime. The syntax of the <literal>get_resource</literal> function is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml680(para)
msgid ""
"The resource ID of the referenced resource is given as single parameter to "
"the get_resource function."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml697(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>list_join</literal> function joins a list of strings with the "
"given delimiter."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml698(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>list_join</literal> function is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml704(para)
msgid "This resolve to the string <literal>one, two, and three</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml707(title)
msgid "resource_facade"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml708(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>resource_facade</literal> function retrieves data in a parent "
"provider template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml709(para)
msgid ""
"A provider template provides a custom definition of a resource, called its "
"facade. For more information about custom templates, see <xref "
"linkend=\"composition\"/>. The syntax of the "
"<literal>resource_facade</literal> function is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml713(para)
msgid ""
"<literal>data type</literal> can be one of <literal>metadata</literal>, "
"<literal>deletion_policy</literal> or <literal>update_policy</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml718(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>str_replace</literal> function dynamically constructs strings "
"by providing a template string with placeholders and a list of mappings to "
"assign values to those placeholders at runtime. The placeholders are "
"replaced with mapping values wherever a mapping key exactly matches a "
"placeholder."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml722(para)
msgid "The syntax of the <literal>str_replace</literal> function is:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml728(term)
msgid "template"
msgstr "テンプレート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml730(para)
msgid ""
"Defines the template string that contains placeholders which will be "
"substituted at runtime."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml735(term)
msgid "params"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml737(para)
msgid ""
"Provides parameter mappings in the form of dictionary. Each key refers to a "
"placeholder used in the <literal>template</literal> attribute."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml742(para)
msgid ""
"The following example shows a simple use of the "
"<literal>str_replace</literal> function in the outputs section of a template"
" to build a URL for logging into a deployed application:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml758(para)
msgid ""
"The following examples show the use of the <literal>str_replace</literal> "
"function to build an instance initialization script:"
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml15(title)
msgid "Writing a hello world HOT template"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml16(para)
msgid ""
"HOT is a new template format meant to replace the CloudFormation-compatible "
"format (CFN) as the native format supported by the Orchestration module over"
" time. This guide is targeted towards template authors and explains how to "
"write HOT templates based on examples. A detailed specification of HOT can "
"be found at <xref linkend=\"hot-spec\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml22(para)
msgid ""
"This section gives an introduction on how to write HOT templates, starting "
"from very basic steps and then going into more and more detail by means of "
"examples."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml26(title)
msgid "A most basic template"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml27(para)
msgid ""
"The most basic template you can think of contains only a single resource "
"definition using only predefined properties. For example, the template below"
" could be used to deploy a single compute instance:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml41(para)
msgid ""
"Each HOT template has to include the "
"<literal>heat_template_version</literal> key with value "
"<literal>2013-05-23</literal>, the current HOT version. While the "
"<literal>description</literal> key is optional, it is good practice to "
"include some useful text that describes what users can do with the template."
" In case you want to provide a longer description that does not fit on a "
"single line, you can provide multi-line text in YAML, for example:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml50(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>resources</literal> section is required and must contain at "
"least one resource definition. In the above example, a compute instance is "
"defined with fixed values for the <literal>key_name</literal>, "
"<literal>image</literal> and <literal>flavor</literal> properties."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"All the defined elements (key pair, image, flavor) have to exist in the "
"OpenStack environment where the template is used."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml60(title)
msgid "Input parameters"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml61(para)
msgid ""
"Input parameters defined in the <literal>parameters</literal> section of a "
"template allow users to customize a template during deployment. For example,"
" this allows for providing custom key pair names or image IDs to be used for"
" a deployment. From a template author's perspective, this helps to make a "
"template more easily reusable by avoiding hardcoded assumptions."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml66(para)
msgid ""
"The following example extends the previous template to provide parameters "
"for the key pair, image and flavor properties of the resource:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml93(para)
msgid ""
"Values for the three parameters must be defined by the template user during "
"the deployment of a stack. The <literal>get_param</literal> intrinsic "
"function retrieves a user-specified value for a given parameter and uses "
"this value for the associated resource property."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml97(para)
msgid ""
"For more information about intrinsic functions, see <xref linkend=\"hot-"
"spec-intrinsic-functions\"/>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml100(title)
msgid "Providing default values"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml101(para)
msgid ""
"You can provide default values for parameters. If a user doesn't define a "
"value for a parameter, the default value is used during the stack "
"deployment. The following example defines a default value "
"<literal>m1.small</literal> for the <literal>flavor</literal> property:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml112(para)
msgid ""
"If a template doesn't define a default value for a parameter, then the user "
"must define the value, otherwise the stack creation will fail."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml117(title)
msgid "Hiding parameters values"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml118(para)
msgid ""
"The values that a user provides when deploying a stack are available in the "
"stack details and can be accessed by any user in the same tenant. To hide "
"the value of a parameter, use the <literal>hidden</literal> boolean "
"attribute of the parameter:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml129(title)
msgid "Restricting user input"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml130(para)
msgid ""
"You can restrict the values of an input parameter to make sure that the user"
" defines valid data for this parameter. The <literal>constraints</literal> "
"property of an input parameter defines a list of constraints to apply for "
"the parameter. The following example restricts the <literal>flavor</literal>"
" parameter to a list of three possible values:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml143(para)
msgid ""
"The following example defines multiple constraints for a password "
"definition:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml157(para)
msgid ""
"The list of supported constraints is available in the <xref linkend=\"hot-"
"spec-parameters-constraints\"/> section."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml160(para)
msgid ""
"You can define multiple constraints of the same type. Especially in the case"
" of allowed patterns this not only allows for keeping regular expressions "
"simple and maintainable, but also for keeping error messages to be presented"
" to users precise."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml169(title)
msgid "Template outputs"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml170(para)
msgid ""
"In addition to template customization through input parameters, you can "
"provide information about the resources created during the stack deployment "
"to the users in the <literal>outputs</literal> section of a template. In the"
" following example the output section provides the IP address of the "
"<literal>my_instance</literal> resource:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml179(para)
msgid ""
"Output values are typically resolved using intrinsic function such as the "
"<literal>get_attr</literal>. See <xref linkend=\"hot-spec-intrinsic-"
"functions\"/> for more information about intrinsic functions.."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml183(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"hot-spec-outputs\"/> for more information about the "
"<literal>outputs</literal> section."
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml4(title)
msgid "Instances"
msgstr "インスタンス"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml11(title)
msgid "Manage instances"
msgstr "インスタンスの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml13(title)
msgid "Create an instance"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml14(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__Server.html\">OS::Nova::Server</link></literal> "
"resource to create a Compute instance. The <literal>flavor</literal> "
"property is the only mandatory one, but you need to define a boot source "
"using one of the <literal>image</literal> or "
"<literal>block_device_mapping</literal> properties."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml17(para)
msgid ""
"You also need to define the <literal>networks</literal> property to indicate"
" to which networks your instance must connect if multiple networks are "
"available in your tenant."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml19(para)
msgid ""
"The following example creates a simple instance, booted from an image, and "
"connecting to the <literal>private</literal> network:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml31(title)
msgid "Connect an instance to a network"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml32(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal>networks</literal> property of an <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__Server.html\">OS::Nova::Server</link></literal> "
"resource to define which networks an instance should connect to. Define each"
" network as a YAML map, containing one of the following keys:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml38(literal)
msgid "port"
msgstr "ポート"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml41(para)
msgid ""
"The ID of an existing Networking port. You usually create this port in the "
"same template using an <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__Port.html\">OS::Neutron::Port</link></literal>"
" resource. You will be able to associate a floating IP to this port, and the"
" port to your Compute instance."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml49(literal)
msgid "network"
msgstr "Network"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml52(para)
msgid ""
"The name or ID of an existing network. You don't need to create an "
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__Port.html\">OS::Neutron::Port</link></literal>"
" resource if you use this property, but you will not be able to associate a "
"floating IP with the instance interface in the template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml59(para)
msgid ""
"The following example demonstrates the use of the <literal>port</literal> "
"and <literal>network</literal> properties:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml86(title)
msgid "Create and associate security groups to an instance"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml87(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__SecurityGroup.html\">OS::Neutron::SecurityGroup</link></literal>"
" resource to create security groups."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"Define the <literal>security_groups</literal> property of the <literal><link"
" href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__Port.html\">OS::Neutron::Port</link></literal>"
" resource to associate security groups to a port, then associate the port to"
" an instance."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"The following example creates a security group allowing inbound connections "
"on ports 80 and 443 (web server) and associates this security group to an "
"instance port:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml128(title)
msgid "Create and associate a floating IP to an instance"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml129(para)
msgid ""
"You can use two sets of resources to create and associate floating IPs to "
"instances."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml132(title)
msgid "OS::Nova resources"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml133(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__FloatingIP.html\">OS::Nova::FloatingIP</link></literal>"
" resource to create a floating IP, and the <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__FloatingIPAssociation.html\">OS::Nova::FloatingIPAssociation</link></literal>"
" resource to associate the floating IP to an instance."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml136(para)
msgid ""
"The following example creates an instance and a floating IP, and associate "
"the floating IP to the instance:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml159(title)
msgid "OS::Neutron resources"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml161(para)
msgid ""
"The Networking service (neutron) must be enabled on your OpenStack "
"deployment to use these resources."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml164(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__FloatingIP.html\">OS::Neutron::FloatingIP</link></literal>"
" resource to create a floating IP, and the <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__FloatingIPAssociation.html\">OS::Neutron::FloatingIPAssociation</link></literal>"
" resource to associate the floating IP to a port:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml192(para)
msgid ""
"You can also create an OS::Neutron::Port and associate that with the server "
"and the floating IP. However the approach mentioned above will work better "
"with stack updates."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml216(title)
msgid "Enable remote access to an instance"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml217(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>key_name</literal> attribute of the <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__Server.html\">OS::Nova::Server</link></literal> "
"resource defines the key pair to use to enable SSH remote access:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml227(para)
msgid ""
"For more information about key pairs, see the <link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/user-"
"guide/content/cli_configure_instances.html\">Configure access and security "
"for instances</link> section of the OpenStack user guide."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml232(title)
msgid "Create a key pair"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml233(para)
msgid ""
"You can create new key pairs with the <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__KeyPair.html\">OS::Nova::KeyPair</link></literal>"
" resource. Key pairs can be imported or created during the stack creation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml235(para)
msgid ""
"If the <literal>public_key</literal> property is not specified, the "
"Orchestration module creates a new key pair. If the "
"<literal>save_private_key</literal> property is set to "
"<literal>true</literal>, the <literal>private_key</literal> attribute of the"
" resource holds the private key."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml238(para)
msgid ""
"The following example creates a new key pair and uses it as authentication "
"key for an instance:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml261(title)
msgid "Manage networks"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml263(title)
msgid "Create a network and a subnet"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml265(para)
msgid ""
"The Networking service (neutron) must be enabled on your OpenStack "
"deployment to create and manage networks and subnets. Networks and subnets "
"cannot be created if your deployment uses legacy networking (nova-network)."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml269(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__Net.html\">OS::Neutron::Net</link></literal> "
"resource to create a network, and the <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__Subnet.html\">OS::Neutron::Subnet</link></literal>"
" resource to provide a subnet for this network:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml284(title)
msgid "Create and manage a router"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml285(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__Router.html\">OS::Neutron::Router</link></literal>"
" resource to create a router. You can define its gateway with the "
"<literal>external_gateway_info</literal> property:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml292(para)
msgid ""
"You can connect subnets to routers with the <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Neutron__RouterInterface.html\">OS::Neutron::RouterInterface</link></literal>"
" resource:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml302(title)
msgid "Complete network example"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml303(para)
msgid "The following example creates a network stack:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml306(para)
msgid "A network and an associated subnet."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml309(para)
msgid "A router with an external gateway."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml312(para)
msgid "An interface to the new subnet for the new router."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml315(para)
msgid ""
"In this example, the <literal>public</literal> network is an existing shared"
" network:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml342(title)
msgid "Manage volumes"
msgstr "ボリュームの管理"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml345(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Cinder__Volume.html\">OS::Cinder::Volume</link></literal>"
" resource to create a new Block Storage volume."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml353(para)
msgid ""
"The volumes that you create are empty by default. Use the "
"<literal>image</literal> property to create a bootable volume from an "
"existing image:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml361(para)
msgid ""
"You can also create new volumes from another volume, a volume snapshot, or a"
" volume backup. Use the <literal>source_volid</literal>, "
"<literal>snapshot_id</literal> or <literal>backup_id</literal> properties to"
" create a new volume from an existing source."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml364(para)
msgid "For example, to create a new volume from a backup:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml370(para)
msgid ""
"In this example the <literal>size</literal> property is not defined because "
"the Block Storage service uses the size of the backup to define the size of "
"the new volume."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml375(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Cinder__VolumeAttachment.html\">OS::Cinder::VolumeAttachment</link></literal>"
" resource to attach a volume to an instance."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml377(para)
msgid ""
"The following example creates a volume and an instance, and attaches the "
"volume to the instance:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml398(title)
msgid "Boot an instance from a volume"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml399(para)
msgid ""
"Use the <literal>block_device_mapping</literal> property of the "
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__Server.html\">OS::Nova::Server</link></literal> "
"resource to define a volume used to boot the instance. This property is a "
"list of volumes to attach to the instance before its boot."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml402(para)
msgid ""
"The following example creates a bootable volume from an image, and uses it "
"to boot an instance:"
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml4(title)
msgid "Template composition"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml5(para)
msgid ""
"When writing complex templates you are encouraged to break up your template "
"into separate smaller templates. These can then be brought together using "
"template resources. This is a mechanism to define a resource using a "
"template, thus composing one logical stack with multiple templates."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml9(para)
msgid ""
"Template resources provide a feature similar to the <literal><link "
"href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/AWS__CloudFormation__Stack.html\">AWS::CloudFormation::Stack</link></literal>"
" resource, but also provide a way to:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml13(para)
msgid "Define new resource types and build your own resource library."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml16(para)
msgid "Override the default behaviour of existing resource types."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml19(para)
msgid "To achieve this:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml22(para)
msgid ""
"The Orchestration client gets the associated template files and passes them "
"along in the <literal>files</literal> section of the <literal>POST "
"stacks/</literal> API request."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml26(para)
msgid ""
"The environment in the Orchestration engine manages the mapping of resource "
"type to template creation."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml30(para)
msgid ""
"The Orchestration engine translates template parameters into resource "
"properties."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"The following examples illustrate how you can use a custom template to "
"define new types of resources. These examples use a custom template stored "
"in a <literal>my_nova.yml</literal> file:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml53(title)
msgid "Use the template filename as type"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml54(para)
msgid ""
"The following template defines the <literal>my_nova.yaml</literal> file as "
"value for the <literal>type</literal> property of a resource:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml63(para)
msgid ""
"The <literal>key_name</literal> argument of the "
"<literal>my_nova.yaml</literal> template gets its value from the "
"<literal>key_name</literal> property of the new template."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml66(para)
msgid ""
"The above reference to <literal>my_nova.yaml</literal> assumes it is in the "
"same directory. You can use any of the following forms:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml70(para)
msgid "Relative path (<literal>my_nova.yaml</literal>)"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml73(para)
msgid ""
"Absolute path (<literal>file:///home/user/templates/my_nova.yaml</literal>)"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml76(para)
msgid ""
"Http URL (<literal>http://example.com/templates/my_nova.yaml</literal>)"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml79(para)
msgid ""
"Https URL (<literal>https://example.com/templates/my_nova.yaml</literal>)"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml83(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml108(para)
msgid "To create the stack run:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml88(title)
msgid "Define a new resource type"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml89(para)
msgid ""
"You can associate a name to the <literal>my_nova.yaml</literal> template in "
"an environment file. If the name is already known by the Orchestration "
"module then your new resource will override the default one."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml92(para)
msgid ""
"In the following example a new <literal>OS::Nova::Server</literal> resource "
"overrides the default resource of the same name."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml94(para)
msgid ""
"An <literal>env.yaml</literal> environment file holds the definition of the "
"new resource:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"See <xref linkend=\"environments\"/> for more detail about environment "
"files."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml100(para)
msgid ""
"You can now use the new <literal>OS::Nova::Server</literal> in your new "
"template:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml113(title)
msgid "Get access to nested attributes"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml114(para)
msgid ""
"There are implicit attributes of a template resource. These are accessible "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml128(title)
msgid "Making your template resource more \"transparent\""
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml129(para)
msgid ""
"If you wish to be able to return the ID of one of the inner resources "
"instead of the nested stack's identifier, you can add the special reserved "
"output \"OS::stack_id\" to your template resource."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml141(para)
msgid ""
"Now when you use \"get_resource\" from the outer template heat will use the "
"nova server id and not the template resource identifier."
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml4(title)
msgid "Advanced topics"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml9(title)
msgid "Load balancer"
msgstr "負荷分散装置"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml10(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml14(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml18(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml26(para)
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml30(para)
msgid "TODO"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml13(title)
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "ファイアウォール"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml17(title)
msgid "VPN"
msgstr "VPN"

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml23(title)
msgid "Auto scaling"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml25(title)
msgid "Alarming"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml29(title)
msgid "Up scaling and down scaling"
msgstr ""

#. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it.
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml4(title)
msgid "Environments"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml5(para)
msgid ""
"The environment affects the runtime behaviour of a template. It provides a "
"way to override the resource implementations and a mechanism to place "
"parameters that the service needs."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml8(para)
msgid ""
"To fully understand the runtime behavior you have to consider what plug-ins "
"are installed on the cloud you're using."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml12(title)
msgid "Environment file format"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml13(para)
msgid "The environment is a yaml text file that contains two main sections:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml20(para)
msgid "A map of key/pair values."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml25(literal)
msgid "resource_registry"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml28(para)
msgid "Definition of custom resources."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml32(para)
msgid ""
"Use the -e option of the <placeholder-1/> command to create a stack using "
"with the environment defined in such a file."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml34(para)
msgid ""
"You can also provide environment parameters as a list of key/value pairs "
"using the -P option of the <placeholder-1/> command."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml36(para)
msgid ""
"In the following example the environment is read from the "
"<literal>my_env.yaml</literal> file and an extra parameter is provided using"
" the -P option:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml42(title)
msgid "Global and effective environments"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml43(para)
msgid ""
"The environment used for a stack is the combination of the environment you "
"use with the template for the stack, and a global environment that is "
"determined by your cloud operator. An entry in the user environment takes "
"precedence over the global environment. OpenStack includes a default global "
"environment, but you cloud operator can add additional environment entries."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml69(title)
msgid "Define values for a template arguments"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml70(para)
msgid ""
"You can define values for the template arguments in the "
"<literal>parameters</literal> section of an environment file:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml79(title)
msgid "Create and override resources"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml80(para)
msgid ""
"You can create or override resources in the "
"<literal>resource_registry</literal> section of an environment file. The "
"resource you provide in this manner must have an identifier, and references "
"either other resources IDs or the URL of an existing template file."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml84(para)
msgid ""
"The following example maps the new "
"<literal>OS::Networking::FloatingIP</literal> resource to the existing "
"<literal><link href=\"http://docs.openstack.org/hot-"
"reference/content/OS__Nova__FloatingIP.html\">OS::Nova::FloatingIP</link></literal>"
" resource:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml88(para)
msgid "You can use wildcards to map multiple resources:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml91(para)
msgid ""
"To create or override a resource with a custom resource, create a template "
"file to define this resource, and provide the URL to the template file in "
"the environment file:"
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml96(para)
msgid ""
"The supported URL scheme are <literal>file</literal>, "
"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml98(para)
msgid ""
"The template file extension must be <literal>.yaml</literal> or "
"<literal>.template</literal>, or it will not be treated as a custom template"
" resource."
msgstr ""

#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml101(para)
msgid ""
"You can limit the usage of a custom resource to a specific resource of the "
"template:"
msgstr ""

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr "Tomoyuki KATO <tomo@dream.daynight.jp>, 2013-2014\nmyamamot <myamamot@redhat.com>, 2014\nykatabam <ykatabam@redhat.com>, 2014"